<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<itemContainer xmlns="http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5 http://omeka.org/schemas/omeka-xml/v5/omeka-xml-5-0.xsd" uri="https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/items/browse?output=omeka-xml&amp;page=45&amp;sort_field=Dublin+Core%2CTitle" accessDate="2026-06-06T13:06:03+01:00">
  <miscellaneousContainer>
    <pagination>
      <pageNumber>45</pageNumber>
      <perPage>10</perPage>
      <totalResults>3494</totalResults>
    </pagination>
  </miscellaneousContainer>
  <item itemId="2579" public="1" featured="0">
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="20299">
                <text>792</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="20300">
                <text>Benefits of Rubrics in Oral Assessment</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="20301">
                <text>Piric, Alma</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="20302">
                <text>What is the purpose of evaluation?  Do we only grade our students because they have to have a grade at the end of the term, or does evaluation reflect other aspects of our jobs?  How do we remain objective while we grade out students’ performances?   Is the grading transparent?    This paper will draw a parallel between the purpose of assessment, objective and transparent grading, as well as meeting the learning outcomes, and the use of rubrics to show the benefits of this authentic assessment tool. First, the paper will address the purpose of evaluation and explain how the evaluation of the students’ performances can reflect our success as teachers.  It will look into the validity and reliability of tests, touching upon norm- and criterion- referenced tests, and provide the readers with some tips on how to use the learning outcomes and standards set by the school or the Ministry of Education to write the lesson objectives.  Then, the paper will point out the importance of fair grading and how rubrics can serve not only as tools for objective evaluation of oral exams, but also as proof of transparency for stakeholders such as parents, school administration, or the Ministry of Education.  Finally, in a step-by-step process, the paper will instruct teachers on how to create their own rubrics and how to use them to grade the students’ performances in an oral exam.  </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="20303">
                <text>2012-05</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="20304">
                <text>Conference or Workshop Item
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="32">
        <name>P Philology. Linguistics</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="916" public="1" featured="0">
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="7377">
                <text>3556</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="7378">
                <text>BENEFITS OF USING COMPUTERS IN PRIMARY SCHOOL CLASSROOMS AND POTENTIAL PROBLEMS ARISING FROM IT</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="7379">
                <text>Daşdemir, Yavuz</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="7380">
                <text>There are many sources that may prove to be beneficial for primary school students learning English and certainly technology may be considered as one of the most important sources. While mentioning about using technology in ELT,  computer is the first product that comes to mind. In this paper, we will talk about the good sides of using computers during the lessons of English and the potential “bad sides” of that may arise at the time of teaching. Our concern in this work is whether computers as technological devices really help students learn English well. Along with this point the question whether there are any problems students face and teachers are unaware of in computer assisted language teching is dealt with. For achieving this, the comparison of two different classrooms in two different schools is given. Of these two classrooms one is devoid of even the simplest technological devices and the other fully equipped with all technological devices available. Both schools are located at the same city in different districts in the city of Erzurum, a town in Eastern Turkey. The results of this comparison will be discussed in detail.    Keywords: Teaching, Computer Technology in ELT, ELT Technological Devices, Primary School ELT, Benefits of Using Computers in ELT.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="7381">
                <text>2014</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="7382">
                <text>Conference or Workshop Item
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="18">
        <name>PE English</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="1391" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="1708">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/3fc105aea12131d845ad22987b837106.docx</src>
        <authentication>6e74f0209730a0fd28eb2ec8640bb11e</authentication>
      </file>
      <file fileId="1709">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/6ff972d52451456efd430eb2e8e215d3.pdf</src>
        <authentication>1f7147b6bf4e122308ede420a80acdb2</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="11038">
                    <text>BERDİ KERBABAYEV’İN “ÖTEN GÜNLER” ROMANINDA TÜRKMEN
TOPLUMUNA YÖNELİK SOSYOLOJİK BİR ÇÖZÜMLEME
Ahmet GÖKÇİMEN
Atatürk Üniversitesi, Edebiyat Fakültesi, Çağdaş Türk Lehçeleri ve Edebiyatları Bölümü,
Erzurum / Türkiye
Anahtar Kelimeler: Berdi Kerbabayev, Öten Günler, Türkmen Toplumu, Sosyolojik
Çözümleme.
ÖZET
Berdi Kerbabayev (1984-1974), sosyalist dönem Türkmen edebiyatında nazım ve nesir
türlerinde eserler kaleme alan önemli isimlerden biridir. O; şiir, hikâye, inceleme ve roman
türlerinde birçok eser verir ve eserlerinden bazıları yaşadığı dönem için ilk numuneler kabul
edilir. Örneğin yazar, 1940’ta “Aygıtlı Edim” adlı yapıtıyla ilk sosyalist gerçekçi eseri, 1974’te
“Öten Günler” ile de ilk otobiyografik romanı vücuda getirmiştir. Öten Günler, yazarın yaşlılık
devrinde kaleme aldığı bir eseri olmasının yanı sıra son romanı ve yapıtıdır. Bu eserde
Kerbabayev, doğumu 1894’ten diğer bir deyişle çocukluğundan 1924 yılına kadar yaşadığı devri
konu edinir. 1894-1924 yılları arasında yazarın başından geçen hadiseler (mesela doğduğu
coğrafya, ailesi ve eğitimi) ve tanık olduğu vakalar, ustaca bir anlatımla başkahraman Mırat
üzerinden aktarılır. Öten Günler, 1884-1924 yılları arasında özellikle eğitim, bozulan dinî
müesseseler, siyasal yapı ve toplumda yaşanan kültürel değişimi beyan eden bir edebî vesikadır.
Bu incelemede, Kerbabayev’in gözünden Öten Günler romanında verilen Türkmen halkına ait
bilgiler, sosyolojik olarak 1. Kültürel Yapı, 2. Dinsel Yapı, 3. Ekonomik Yapı ve 4. Siyasal Yapı
başlıkları altında incelenmiş, büyük değişimlerin yaşandığı devre ayna tutan ve çağın tanığı
eserin toplumsal arka planı ortaya konmuştur.

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="11030">
                <text>1852</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="11031">
                <text>BERDİ KERBABAYEV’İN “ÖTEN GÜNLER” ROMANINDA TÜRKMEN TOPLUMUNA YÖNELİK SOSYOLOJİK BİR ÇÖZÜMLEME</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="11032">
                <text>GOKCIMEN, Ahmet</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="11033">
                <text>Anahtar Kelimeler: Berdi Kerbabayev, Öten Günler, Türkmen Toplumu, Sosyolojik Çözümleme.  ÖZET  Berdi Kerbabayev (1984-1974), sosyalist dönem Türkmen edebiyatında nazım ve nesir türlerinde eserler kaleme alan önemli isimlerden biridir. O; şiir, hikâye, inceleme ve roman türlerinde birçok eser verir ve eserlerinden bazıları yaşadığı dönem için ilk numuneler kabul edilir. Örneğin yazar, 1940’ta “Aygıtlı Edim” adlı yapıtıyla ilk sosyalist gerçekçi eseri, 1974’te “Öten Günler” ile de ilk otobiyografik romanı vücuda getirmiştir. Öten Günler, yazarın yaşlılık devrinde kaleme aldığı bir eseri olmasının yanı sıra son romanı ve yapıtıdır. Bu eserde Kerbabayev, doğumu 1894’ten diğer bir deyişle çocukluğundan 1924 yılına kadar yaşadığı devri konu edinir. 1894-1924 yılları arasında yazarın başından geçen hadiseler (mesela doğduğu coğrafya, ailesi ve eğitimi) ve tanık olduğu vakalar, ustaca bir anlatımla başkahraman Mırat üzerinden aktarılır. Öten Günler, 1884-1924 yılları arasında özellikle eğitim, bozulan dinî müesseseler, siyasal yapı ve toplumda yaşanan kültürel değişimi beyan eden bir edebî vesikadır. Bu incelemede, Kerbabayev’in gözünden Öten Günler romanında verilen Türkmen halkına ait bilgiler, sosyolojik olarak 1. Kültürel Yapı, 2. Dinsel Yapı, 3. Ekonomik Yapı ve 4. Siyasal Yapı başlıkları altında incelenmiş, büyük değişimlerin yaşandığı devre ayna tutan ve çağın tanığı eserin toplumsal arka planı ortaya konmuştur.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="11034">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="11035">
                <text>2013-05-17</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="11036">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="11037">
                <text>ISSN 2203-4548     </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="452" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="469">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/925f4c0af85a2c7bcd3373fd6ba5b2df.docx</src>
        <authentication>116bb534fc3c8ebc37bb79f806a3da6f</authentication>
      </file>
      <file fileId="470">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/171b1e9c79569e406ab40cd30d3cd5e5.pdf</src>
        <authentication>61963ffd28a227c14263a09ffe5fdaad</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="3470">
                    <text>Pregledni nauĉni rad
Doc. dr. Alena Huseinbegović
Pravni fakultet Univerziteta „Dţemal Bijedić“ u Mostaru

BESPLATNA PRAVNA POMOĆ U GRAĐANSKIM STVARIMA U
PRAVNOM SISTEMU BOSNE I HERCEGOVINE
Sažetak: Besplatna pravna pomoć je zakonskim odredbama ureĊen
naĉin ostvarivanja prava fiziĉkog lica na jednak pristup pravdi pred sudom i
drugim organima, ĉije troškove u cijelosti ili djelimiĉno snosi organ za pruţanje
besplatne pravne pomoći. U demokratskim društvima mogućnost efikasne zaštite
ugroţenih i povrijeĊenih prava osoba jedan je od osnovnih uslova za
ostvarivanje principa vladavine prava i prava na praviĉno suĊenje, koje je
garantovano mnogim meĊunarodnim instrumentima o ljudskim pravima.
Autorica u radu, primjenom komparativne metode, obraĊuje institut besplatne
pravne pomoći, te istiĉe odgovarajuće prijedloge de lege ferenda.
Ključne riječi: besplatna pravna pomoć,
praviĉno suĊenje,
meĊunarodni izvori
1. Uvodna razmatranja
Pravna pomoć podrazumijeva efikasnu pravnu zaštitu, odnosno jednak
pristup sudovima i drugim drţavnim organima bez diskriminacije. Ostvarivanje
prava na pristup pravosuĊu (engl. access to justice), kao temeljnog ljudskog
prava, zavisi od dostupnosti pravne pomoći svim graĊanima, bez obzira na
njihov materijalni i socijalni status.1 S toga je postojanje efikasnog sistema
besplatne pravne pomoći jedan od naĉina realizacije prava na pristup sudu, te
jedan od osnovnih jemaca ostvarivanja ljudskih prava.2 Niko ne smije
finansijskim preprekama biti sprijeĉen u svom nastojanju da ostvari ili odbrani
svoje pravo pred bilo kojim sudom koji postupa u graĊanskim, trgovaĉkim,
1

U komentarima i izvodima iz prakse Evropskog suda za ljudska prava (dalje: Sud), te u pravnoj
literaturi, kao elementi prava na praviĉno suĊenje navode se sljedeći: pravo na pristup sudu (access
to court), pravo na suĊenje u razumnom roku (reasonable time), pravo na pravnu pomoć (legal aid
and advice), pravo na procesnu ravnopravnost (equality of arms, „jednakost oruţja“), pravo na
javno i kontradiktorno suĊenje (public hearing), pravo na saslušanja (fair hearing), pravo na dokaz
(right to proof), pravo na javno objavljivanje presude (public pronouncement of judgments), pravo
na sud ustanovljen zakonom (tribunal established by law), pravo na nezavisnost i nepristrasnost u
suĊenju (impartiality and independence), pravo na efikasno izvršenje presuda (effective
enforcement), te zabrana arbitrarnog postupanja (arbitrariness). Detaljnije: Bubić, S., Neki aspekti
prava na pošteno suđenje u građanskim predmetima, Pristup pravdi u Bosni i Hercegovini,
besplatna pravna pomoć, poseban osvrt na Hercegovaĉko-neretvanski kanton, Centar za ljudska
prava, Mostar, 2011, str. 86.
2
Boţić Krstanović, Lj. et al., Koliko jednakosti, Praćenje provedbe Zakona o besplatnoj pravnoj
pomoći i Zakona o suzbijanju diskriminacije, Izvještaj za 2012. godinu, Centar za mir, nenasilje i
ljudska prava – Osijek, Osijek, 2013, str. 15.

201

�upravnim, socijalnim ili poreznim stvarima. Propuštanje reguliranja besplatne
pravne pomoći za posljedicu bi imalo evidentno kršenje ljudskih prava, jer bi
odreĊenom krugu osoba, lošeg finansijskog statusa, bilo uskraćeno pravo na
praviĉno suĊenje, odnosno pravo na pristup sudu.3 Besplatna pravna pomoć,
osim snošenja ili participiranja u predujmljivanju i snošenju troškova pravnog
zastupanja, obuhvaća i pravo na pravnu pomoć u vezi s drugim troškovima
(sudske takse, troškove fiziĉkog dolaska stranaka i svjedoka na sud, troškovi
izvoĊenja dokaza, troškovi prijevoda i sl).4
U Bosni i Hercegovini (dalje: BiH) veliki broj ljudi ne mogu ostvariti
pravo na slobodan pristup sudovima (ali i drugim organima) zbog lošeg imovnog
stanja, posebno ako se ima u vidu da se stranke ĉesto suoĉavaju s kompliciranim,
neizvjesnim, dugotrajnim i materijalno iscrpljujućim sudskim postupcima.5 U
tom smislu, uvaţavajući zahtjev jednakosti svih graĊana u ostvarivanju pravne
zaštite, uviĊa se nuţnost uvoĊenja instituta za pruţanje besplatne pravne pomoći
dijelu stanovništva kojima je subjektivno pravo povrijeĊeno ili ugroţeno, a koji
nisu u mogućnosti snositi troškove voĊenja postupka.6
2. Međunarodni pravni izvori u oblasti besplatne pravne pomoći
Pravo na besplatnu pravnu pomoć zajamĉeno je razliĉitim meĊunarodnim
dokumentima, od kojih je najvaţniji Evropska konvencija za zaštitu ljudskih
prava i temeljnih sloboda i njeni protokoli (dalje: Konvencija).7 Odredba ĉl. 6.
st. 3. taĉ. c. Konvencije propisuje minimalna prava u postupku, tj. osoba
optuţena za kriviĉno djelo ima pravo da se brani sama ili uz pomoć branitelja
kojeg sama izabere, kao i da dobije besplatnu pravnu pomoć ukoliko ne
3

Vidjeti presudu Golder protiv Ujedinjenog Kraljevstva, presuda Europskog suda od 21. 2. 1975.,
Serija A, br. 18., str. 36. HARLAND, Ch; ROCHE, R; STRAUSS, E., Komentar Evropske
konvencije o ljudskim pravima prema praksi u Bosni i Hercegovini i Strasbourgu, Sarajevo, 2003.,
str. 128. (dalje: HARLAND).
4
Vidi: Ţ. Kauzlarić, „Naĉelo pruţanja pravne pomoći neukoj stranci“, Pravo i porezi, Zagreb, br.
9/2007, str. 54.
5
U Bosni i Hercegovini oko 41,5% stanovništva ţivi u siromaštvu, ĉime se polovina njenih
graĊana suoĉava sa nekim oblikom socijalne iskljuĉenosti, s tim da se gotovo jedna ĉetvrtina
stanovništva dodatno nalazi na ivici siromaštva. Vidi: UNDP Misija u BiH, Izvještaj o humanom
razvoju za 2007. godinu: Socijalna ukljuĉenost u BiH i Strategija socijalne iskljuĉenosti za BiH,
Vijeće ministara BiH, 2010. Navedeno prema: Demir, E., Po kojoj cijeni? Sudski troškovi, pristup
pravdi i besplatna pravna pomoć u Bosni i Hercegovini, Ljudska prava i pravosuĊe u Bosni i
Hercegovini, Izvještaj o provedni preporuka u sektoru pravosuĊa u BiH iz Univerzalnog
periodiĉnog pregleda Vijeća za ljudska prava Ujedinjenih nacija, 2012-2013, Mreţa pravde u
Bosni i Hercegovini, 2012-2013, str. 47. U Bosni i Hercegovini oko 170.000 djece ţivi u
siromaštvu (romske zajednice, raseljena djeca, porodice s troje ili više djece). Vidi: Oko 170
hiljada
djece
u
BiH
ţivi
u
siromaštvu,
http://slobodnadalmacija.hr/BiH/tabid/68/articleType/ArticleView/articleId/109432/Default.aspx
(preuzeto: 1.4.2015. godine).
6
Imajući u vidu dopušteni opseg ĉlanka, u radu ćemo se osvrnuti samo na neke pravne propise
kojima je ureĊen, odnosno kojima se planira urediti sistem beplatne pravne pomoći u graĊanskim
stvarima.
7
Konvencija je objavljena u „Sluţbenom listu RBiH“, posebno izdanje – meĊunarodni ugovori 2,
br. 5/96.

202

�raspolaţe sredstvima da plati branitelja, kako to nalaţu interesi pravde. S
obzirom da Konvencija izriĉito ne odreĊuje pravo na besplatnu pravnu pomoć u
graĊanskim stvarima, kao poseban izvor evropskog prava za graĊanske sporove
primjenjuju se odluke Suda. U tom smislu, posebno istiĉemo sluĉaj Airey protiv
Irske u kojem je Sud ustanovio da je odbijanjem pruţanja besplatne pravne
pomoći siromašnoj ţeni koja je traţila razvod od nasilnog muţa prekršio njezino
pravo pristupa sudu zajamĉeno ĉl. 6. st. 1. Konvencije.8 Sud je zakljuĉio da je u
konkretnom sluĉaju povrijeĊeno pravo na pristup sudu jer stranka, bez struĉnog
zastupnika kojeg nije mogla priuštiti, nije imala gotovo nikakvog izgleda u
parnici. Na ovaj naĉin je pravo na besplatnu pravnu pomoć (za one koji pravnu
pomoć ne mogu osigurati sami) u praksi Suda prošireno i na sporove graĊanske
naravi, ako je zbog nedostatka pravne pomoći osoba bitno ograniĉena u
sposobnosti da djelotvorno brani svoje pravo i interese.9 U skladu s tumaĉenjem
prakse Suda drţave imaju konkretnu obavezu osigurati praktiĉan i efikasan
pristup pravosuĊu ili pruţanjem besplatne pravne pomoći ili pojednostavljenjem
postupka, kako bi osobe mogle same voditi svoje predmete, odnosno drţave
moraju otkloniti sve ekonomske prepreke za osobe s ograniĉenim ekonomskim
sredstvima u ostvarivanju ili odbrani njihovih prava.10 Prema odredbe ĉl. 6. st. 3.
taĉ. c. Konvencije drţava moţe osigurati pomoć pravnika kada je takva pomoć
neophodna za djelotvoran pristup sudu, bilo zbog toga što je pravno zastupanje
obvezno, kao što je sluĉaj u domaćem zakonodavstvu odreĊenih drţava
ugovorenica za razliĉite vrste parnica, bilo zbog sloţenosti procedure ili sluĉaja.
Osim toga, drţava moţe ako to smatra odgovarajućim i opravdanim, izabrati
ukidanje obaveznog pravnog predstavljanja i osigurati pojednostavljenu
proceduru, tako da efikasan pristup sudu više ne zahtijeva pravnu pomoć.11
8

Presuda Suda Airey protiv Irske, od 9. 10. 1979. Izvod iz sudske prakse Europskog Suda za
ljudska prava Vijeća Europe, Fond otvoreno društvo BiH, Sarajevo, 2001, str. 468 – 470.
9
Osim navedene odluke Suda, kao poseban meĊunarodni pravni izvor primijenjuju se i sljedeće
sudske odluke: opća obaveza drţava potpisnica da osiguraju pravo jednakosti podnositelja pred
zakonom – Artico v. Italy (od 13.5.1980., Serije A, br. 37); obaveza podnositelja zahtjeva za
besplatnu pravnu pomoć da se samo pozove na nedostatak materijalnih sredstava bez obaveze
dokazivanja izvan svake sumnje – Pakelli v. Federal Reublic of Germany (od 24.4.1983., Serije A,
br. 64); postojanje povrede prava na besplatnu pravnu pomoć u sluĉaju kada advokatu koji je
imenovan po sluţbenoj duţnosti nije osigurano dovoljno vremena za pripremu – Goddi v. Italy (od
9.4.1983., Serije A, br. 76); obaveza drţava potpisnica da osiguraju besplatnu pravnu pomoć u
svim stepenima postupka – Granger v. U.K. (od 28.3.1990., Serije A, br. 174) i Boner v. U.K. (
28.10.1994., Serije A, br. 300-B); zahtjev drţave za povrat već odobrenih sredstava, utrošenih za
branitelja po sluţbenoj duţnosti ne predstavlja povredu prava na besplatnu pravnu pomoć –
Croissant v. Germany (od 25.9.1992., Serije A, br. 237-B). Tako i detaljnije: Kauzlarić, Ţ.,
Besplatna pravna pomoć, Pravo u gospodarstvu, ĉasopis za gospodarsko-pravnu teoriju i praksu,
Hrvatski savez udruge pravnika u gospodarstvu, Zagreb, 2006, str. 403; http://echr.coe.int/echr
(preuzeto 6.4.2015. godine)
10
Šire o tome: Kotlo, R., Pravni okvir pristupa pravdi – Besplatne pravne pomoći u BiH, sa
posebnim osvrtom na Hercegovačko-neretvanski kanton i evropske standarde , Pristup pravdi u
Bosni i Hercegovini, besplatna pravna pomoć, poseban osvrt na Hercegovaĉko – neretvanski
kanton, Centar za ljudska prava, Mostar, 2011., str. 33 – 43.
11
U jednoj neobjavljenoj odluci iz 1982. godine, Komisija je zakljuĉila da, mada je prihvaćeno da
bi namjerna radnja zahtijevala pomoć advokata, odbijanje pravne pomoći nije predstavljalo
onemogućavanje pristupa sudu, pošto argument švedskih vlasti za to odbijanje, da podnositeljica

203

�Haška konferencija za meĊunarodno privatno pravo12 besplatnu pravnu
pomoć odreĊuje u kontekstu ujednaĉavanja prava na pristup pravosuĊu za
domaće drţavljane i strance. Kao posebno znaĉajne konvencije, koje obavezuju
BiH, istiĉu se: Konvencija o graĊanskom postupku (od 1.3.1954. godine),13
Konvencija o olakšanju meĊunarodnog pristupa sudovima (od 25.10.1980.
godine).14 Prema ĉl. 20. Konvencije o graĊanskom postupku, drţavljanima svake
od drţava ugovornica bit će pruţena besplatna sudska pomoć kao i domaćim
drţavljanima, saobrazno zakonima drţave u kojoj se traţi besplatna sudska
pomoć. Prema Konvenciji o olakšanju meĊunarodnog pristupa sudovima, pravo
na besplatnu pravnu pomoć u graĊanskim i trgovaĉkim predmetima, osim
drţavljana jedne od drţava ugovornica, imaju i osobe sa redovnim boravištem u
nekoj od drţava ugovornica, pod istim uslovima kao da su i sami drţavljani te
drţave.
Konvencija o pravima djeteta iz 1989. godine15 promoviše pravo na posebnu
zaštitu i pomoć drţave djetetu trajno lišenom porodiĉne sredine, kao i mjere koje
treba da preduzme vlast radi zaštite djeteta u sudskim i drugim postupcima.16
Pravo na praviĉno suĊenje garantuje i MeĊunarodni pakt o graĊanskim i
politiĉkim pravima, sa pripadajućim meĊunarodnim Opcionim protokolima,
kojim je predviĊeno da su svi jednaki pred sudovima i da svako ima pravo da
zakonom odreĊen nadleţan, nezavisan i nepristrasan sud odluĉi o osnovanosti
svake kriviĉne optuţbe koja je protiv njega podignuta ili o sporu o njegovim
pravima i obavezama graĊanske prirode.17
predstavke nije imala opravdan interes da se njen predmet obradi, nije bio proizvoljan. Tako:
HARLAND, op. cit., str. 394-396.
12
Vidi: Akti i dokumenti 14 sesije (1980), tom IV, Sudska kooperacija (ISBN 90 12 04 344, 438
str.)
13
„Sluţbeni list FNRJ“- Dodatak, broj 6/62.
14
„Sluţbeni list SFRJ“- MeĊunarodni ugovori, broj 4/88. Pored prednje navedenih, postoje i
sljedeće konvencije: Konvencija o nadleţnosti izabranog foruma kod meĊunarodne kupoprodaje
robe (1958), Konvencija o priznanju i izvršenju odluka koje se odnose na obavezu izdrţavanja
prema djeci (1958), Konvencija o ukidanju potrebe legalizacije stranih javnih isprava (1961),
Konvencija o dostavljanju sudskih i vansudskih akata u graĊanskim i trgovaĉkim stvarima (1965),
Konvencija o priznavanju odluka o razvodu i rastavi (1970), Konvencija o priznavanju i izvršenju
stranih presuda u graĊanskoj i trgovaĉkoj materiji (1971), Konvencija o priznavanju i izvršenju
odluka koje se odnose na izdrţavanje (1973), Konvencija o pristupu pravosuĊu na meĊunarodnom
planu (1980), Konvencija o zaštiti djece i saradnji u materiji meĊunarodnog usvojenja (1993),
Konvencija o nadleţnosti, mjerodavnom pravu, priznanju i izvršenju odluka koje se odnose na
odgovornost roditelja i mjere zaštite djece (1996). Tako: Muminović, E., Procesno međunarodno
privatno pravo, Pravni fakultet Univerziteta u Sarajevu, Sarajevo, str. 7.
15
Navedeni dokument ratificiran je u Bosni i Hercegovini i sastavni je dio Aneksa I Ustava BiH –
Dodatni sporazumi o ljudskim pravima koji će se primjenjivati u BIH.
16
Konvencije znaĉajne za zaštitu djece, koje obavezuju Bosnu i Hercegovinu, su i: Konvencija o
graĊanskopravnim aspektima meĊunarodne otmice djece (Hag, 25.10.1980. godine - „Sluţbeni list
SFRJ“- ,meĊunarodni ugovori, broj 7/91), te Konvencija o ostvarivanju alimentacionih zahtjeva u
inostranstvu (Njujork, 20.6.1956. godine – „Sluţbeni list FNRJ“ – Dodatak, br. 2/60.
17
Ĉl. 14. (1) MeĊunarodnog pakta o graĊanskim i politiĉkim pravima (Usvojen na skupštini
Ujedinjenih naroda 16. 12. 1966. godine – rezolucija br. 2200 A/XXI, a stupio na snagu 23. 3.
1976. godine, dalje: Pakt ). SFRJ je ratifikovala Pakt zakonom od 30. 1. 1971. godine („Sluţbeni
list SFRJ“, br. 7/1971). Uz Pakt su usvojena i dva protokola i to: Opcioni protokol uz
MeĊunarodni pakt o graĊanskim i politiĉkim pravima koji je stupio na snagu 23. 3. 1976. godine i

204

�Ĉlan 47. Povelje o osnovnim pravima EU (Nica, 17. decembar 2000)
propisuje da će pravna pomoć biti dostupna osobama kojima nedostaju
materijalna sredstva, sve dok je ta pomoć neophodna kako bi se osigurao
efektivan pristup pravdi. Ostali dokumenti Vijeća Evrope kojima se ureĊuje
pitanje pruţanja pravne pomoći u EU su: Rezolucija (76) 5 o pruţanju pravne
pomoći u graĊanskim, komercijalnim i administrativnim stvarima, Rezolucija
(78) 8 o pruţanju pravne pomoći i savjeta, Preporuka (81) 7 Komiteta ministara
drţavama ĉlanicama o mjerama koje omogućavaju pristup sudu, Preporuka (84)
5 Komiteta ministara drţavama ĉlanicama o naĉelima graĊanskog postupka za
unaprijeĊenje ostvarivanja pravde, Preporuka (93) 1 Komiteta ministara
drţavama ĉlanicama o efektivnom pristupu pravdi za siromašne, Preporuka
(2000) 21 o slobodi obavljanja advokature.18
U Evropskoj uniji je prisutno i pravo na pravnu pomoć van zemlje boravišta,
koje je utvrĊeno Evropskim sporazumom o dostavljanju molbi za pravnu
pomoć.19 Ovaj sporazum propisuje da svaki pojedinac koji ima boravište na
teritoriji jedne od zemalja potpisnica, a koji ţeli predati zahtjev za pravnu pomoć
u graĊanskim, privrednim ili upravnim postupcima na teritoriji druge drţave
potpisnice, moţe predati zahtjev u zemlji u kojoj boravi, a obaveza je te zemlje
da zahtjev proslijedi onoj drţavi u kojoj se pravo ostvaruje.
Pored navedenog sporazuma, Konvencija o meĊunarodnom pristupu
pravdi,20 koja je potpisana u Hagu 1980. godine, predviĊa dostavu zahtjeva za
pravnu pomoć izmeĊu potpisnica u formi koja je meĊu njima dogovorena, te da
drţavljani i graĊani s boravištem u zemlji koja je potpisnica Konvencije imaju
pravo na pravnu pomoć u drugoj drţavi potpisnici pod istim uvjetima kao da
imaju boravište u toj zemlji. Ovu konvenciju nisu ratificirale sve ĉlanice Unije.
Bosna i Hercegovina je preuzela ovu konvenciju 1993. godine.21
Kako se pristup sudu smatra osnovnim ljudskim pravom, Evropska komisija
predviĊa dvije Direktive za pravnu pomoć, i to:
1. Direktiva 2000/43 (o provoĊenju naĉela jednakog postupanja prema
svim osobama neovisno o rasnom i etniĉkom porijeklu) u kojoj se
odreĊuje potreba dijaloga izmeĊu drţava ĉlanica i nevladinih
organizacija, odnosno civilnog sektora, kada drţava zbog nedovoljnih
finansijskih i ljudskih kapaciteta nije u mogućnosti zadovoljiti potrebe
graĊana za besplatnom pravnom pomoći22 i
Drugi opcioni protokol uz MeĊunarondi pakt o graĊanskim i politiĉkim pravima koji je stupio na
snagu 11. 7. 1991. godine. SFRJ je oba protokola ratifkovala 2001. godine (“Sluţbeni list SRJ“MeĊunarodni ugovori, br. 4/2001).
18
http://www.coe.int/t/dghl/cooperation/cepej/textes/ListeRecRes_en.asp
19
European Agreement on the Transmission of Applications for Legal Aid, Strazbourg
27.01.1977. godine, tekst objavljen u „Sluţbeni glasnik BiH“ – MeĊunarodni ugovori, broj: 1/09;
u
BiH
stupio
na
snagu
31.05.2009.
godine.
http://conventions.coe.int/Treaty/EN/Treaties/Html/092.htm (preuzeto 1.4.2015. godine).
20
http://www.hcch.net/upload/conventions/txt29en.pdf (preuzeto 1.4.2015. godine).
21
Detaljnije: Kotlo, R., op. cit., str. 35.
22
Council Directive 2000/43 of 29 June 2000 implementing the principle of equal treatment
between persons irrespective of racial or ethnic origin) objavljena u Official Journal of the
European Communities, L 180/22 od 19.7.2000.

205

�2. Direktiva 2002/8 (za olakšanje pristupa pravosuĊu u meĊudrţavnim
sporovima uspostavljanjem minimalnih zajedniĉkih pravila za pravnu
pomoć u takvim sporovima) koja se odnosi na sluĉajeve u kojima se
pravo na besplatnu pravnu pomoć daje stranci koja ima prebivalište u
jednoj drţavi ĉlanici, a parniĉni ili izvršni postupak vodi pred sudom u
drugoj drţavi ĉlanici.23
Osim toga, više drugih meĊunarodnih pravnih dokumenata o ljudskim
pravima, koji su sastavni dio ustavnog sistema BiH, odreĊuju obaveze pruţanja
besplatne pravne pomoći od strane drţavnih organa osobama koja se naĊu na
njenoj teritoriji (traţioci azila, izbjeglice, lica pod supsidijarnom ili privremenom
zaštitom, apatridi, ţrtve trgovine ljudima i dr).
3. Pravni okvir sistema besplatne pravne pomoći u BiH
Institut besplatne pravne pomoći u
brojnim propisima. Tako je pravo na
Ustavom BiH,24 zakonima o parniĉnom
zakonima o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći,27
aktima.
23

graĊanskim stvarima BiH ureĊen je
besplatnu pravnu pomoć zajamĉeno
postupku,25 zakonima o advokaturi,26
te drugim zakonskim i podzakonskim

Council Directive 2002/8 of 27 January 2003 to improve access to justice in cross-border
disputes by establishing minimum common rules relating to legal aid for such disputes) objavljen
u Official Journal of the European Communities, L 26/41 od 31.1.2003. Vidi: Maršić, M., Pravo
na besplatnu pravnu pomoć u građanskim postupcima (de lege lata i de lege ferenda)
http://hrcak.srce.hr/13279 (preuzeto: 4.4.2015. godine).
24
U BiH, radi njene drţavnopravne sloţenosti, postoji trinaest ustava, i to: Ustav BiH, ustavi
entiteta (Federacije BiH i Republike Srpske) i ustavi deset kantona u okviru Federacije BiH. Ustav
BiH donesen je kao aneks 4. Općeg okvirnog sporazuma za mir u Bosni i Hercegovini, koji je
parafiran u Daytonu (SAD) 25. novembra 1995. godine, a potpisan 14. decembra 1995. godine u
Parizu. Navedeno prema: Pobrić, N., Ustavno pravo, Mostar, 2000, str. 47.
25
U BiH primjenjuju se sljedeći zakoni o parniĉnom postupku.: Zakon o parniĉnom postupku
Federacije Bosne i Hercegovine („Sluţbene novine Federacije BiH“, broj. 53/03, 75/05, 19/06 –
dalje: ZPPFBiH), Zakon o parniĉnom postupku Republike Srpske („Sluţbene novine Republike
Srpske“, broj 58/08, 85/03, 74/05, 63/07, 119/09 – dalje: ZPPRS), Zakon o parniĉnom postupku u
Brĉko Distriktu BiH („Sluţbene novine Brĉko Distrikta BiH“, broj 8/09, 52/10 – dalje
ZPPBDBiH) i Zakon o parniĉnom postupku red Sudom BiH („Sluţbene novine BIH“, broj 36/04,
b4/07, 58/13).
26
Zakon o advokaturi Federacije Bosne i Hercegovine („Sluţbene novine Federacije BiH“, br.
40/02, 29/03 i 18/05 – dalje: ZAFBiH); Zakon o advokaturi Republike Srpske („Sluţbeni glasnik
Republike Srpske“, br. 30/07 – dalje: ZARS).
27
U BiH u primjeni su sljedeći zakoni o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći: Republika Srpska - Zakon o
besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći Republike Srpske („Sluţbene novine Republike Srpske“, br. 120/08 ZoBPPRS); Brĉko Distrikt - Zakon o kancelariji za pravnu pomoć Brĉko Distrikta BiH („Sluţbeni
glasnik Brĉko Distrikta Bosne i Hercegovine“, br. 19/07 - ZoBPPBDBiH); Kanton Sarajevo Zakon o pruţanju besplatne pravne pomoći („Sluţbene novine Kantona Sarajevo“, broj 1/12);
Tuzlanski kanton - Zakon o pruţanju pravne pomoći („Sluţbene novine Tuzlanskog kantona“, broj
10/08); Zapadnohercegovaĉki kanton - Zakon o ţupanijskom Zavodu za pravnu pomoć („Sluţbene
novine ŢZH, broj 14/08); Zeniĉko-dobojski kanton - Zakonom o kantonalnim ministarstvima i
drugim tijelima kantonalne uprave („Sluţbene novine Zeniĉko-dobojskog kantona“, broj 13/08)
uspostavljen je Zavod za pravnu pomoć kao samostalna kantonalna upravna organizacija koja
obavlja poslove davanja usluga iskljuĉivo osobama lošeg imovnog stanja. Pravilnik o naĉinu i

206

�3.1. Ustav BiH
Prema ĉl. II. Ustava BiH, BiH i njeni entiteti duţni su svim osobama na
teritoriji BiH osigurati najviši stepen meĊunarodno priznatih ljudskih prava i
osnovnih sloboda. U BiH direktno se primjenjuju prava i slobode predviĊeni u
Konvenciji, pa tako i ĉl. 6. st. 3. taĉ. c. Konvencije, koji govori o besplatnoj
pravnoj pomoći, a ovi akti imaju prioritet nad svim ostalim zakonima. 28 Pravo na
praviĉno suĊenje u graĊanskim stvarima, kao jedno od temeljnih prava i sloboda
predviĊenih Konvencijom, zavisi od dopustivosti pravne pomoći svim
graĊanima bez diskriminacije po bilo kojoj osnovi, ukljuĉujući i slabiji
imovinski status, zbog kojeg graĊani ne bi mogli ostvariti pravo na slobodan
pristup sudu. Dakle, osiguranje jednakosti svih graĊana pred sudom vrši se i
uvoĊenjem sistema besplatne pravne pomoći.
3.2. Zakoni o parničnom postupku
Odredbama ĉl. 400. ZPPFBiH propisano je da će sud osloboditi plaćanja
troškova postupka stranku koja prema svom općem imovnom stanju ne moţe
podmiriti te troškove bez štete po nuţno izdrţavanje svoje i svoje porodice.29
Pod „općim imovnim stanjem“ podrazumijeva se strankin izvor prihoda ostvaren
iz radnog odnosa ili drugih djelatnosti kojima se bavi, kao i drugi izvori prihoda
koje ostvaruje u duţem vremenskom periodu (npr. dopunskim radom), te isti ili
sliĉni prihodi ĉlanova njezine porodice s kojima ţivi zajedno.30

uslovima pruţanja pravne pomoći („Sluţbene novine Zeniĉko-dobojskog Kantona“, broj 9/09);
Posavski kanton - Zakon o pruţanju pravne pomoći Posavske Ţupanije (Narodne novine Ţupanije
Posavske, broj 3/10); Unsko-sanski kanton - Zakon o pruţanju besplatne pravne pomoći
(„Sluţbeni glasnik Unsko-sanskog kantona“, broj 22/2012), Bosansko-podrinjski kanton - Zakon o
pruţanju besplatne pravne pomoći („Sluţbene novine BPK Goraţde, broj 2/2013), Hercegovaĉkoneretvanski kanton - Zakona o pruţanju besplatne pravne pomoći („Sluţbene novine HNK“, broj
7/13 – dalje ZoBPPHNK).
28
Prema ĉl. II. st. 3. Ustava BiH sve osobe unutar teritorija BiH uţivat će prava i slobode
predviĊene u Konvenciji: pravo na ţivot; pravo da ne budu podvrgnute muĉenju niti neĉovjeĉnom
ili poniţavajućem tretmanu ili kazni; pravo da ne budu drţane u ropstvu ili potĉinjenosti, te
obavljanju prisilnog ili obaveznog rada; pravo na slobodu i sigurnost; pravo na praviĉno suĊenje u
graĊanskim i kriviĉnim stvarima i druga prava u vezi s kriviĉnim postupkom; pravo na privatan i
porodiĉni ţivot, dom i prepisku; pravo na slobodu misli, savjesti i vjeroispovijesti; slobodu
izraţavanja; slobodu mirnog okupljanja, slobodu udruţivanja s drugima; pravo na brak i
zasnivanje porodice; pravo na imovinu; pravo na obrazovanje; pravo na slobodu kretanja i
prebivališta. U ĉl. II. st. 6. Ustava BiH propisano je da će BiH i svi sudovi, ustanove, organi vlasti,
te organi kojima posredno upravljaju entiteti ili koji djeluju unutar entiteta primjenjivati i
pridrţavati se ljudskih prava i sloboda navedenih u ĉl. II. st. 2. Ustava BiH.
29
S obzirom da su odredbe o oslobaĊanju plaćanja troškova postupka identiĉne u zakonskim
rješenjima u ZPPFBiH, ZPPRS i ZPPBDBiH, u ĉlanku ćemo analizirati samo rješenja u ZPPFBiH.
30
Tako: Janković, M; Janković, Ţ; Karamarković, H; Petrović, D., Komentar Zakona o parničnom
postupku, Beograd, 1990, str. 213.

207

�OslobaĊanje od plaćanja troškova postupka je osobno pravo i vaţi samo
za stranku kojoj je priznato i samo u parnici u kojoj je priznato,31 a odnosi se na
oslobaĊanje od plaćanja taksa i oslobaĊanje od polaganja predujma za troškove
svjedoka, vještaka, uviĊaja, prevoĊenja i sudskih oglasa. Sud je ovlašten da
oslobodi stranke od plaćanja svih troškova ili jednog dijela troškova postupka
(ZPPFBiH, ĉl. 400. st. 2).32
Prilikom donošenja odluke o oslobaĊanju od plaćanja troškova postupka
sud će paţljivo ocijeniti sve okolnosti, a posebno će uzeti u obzir vrijednost
predmeta spora, broj osoba koje stranka izdrţava, i prihode koje imaju stranka i
ĉlanovi njene porodice (ZPPFBiH, ĉl. 401). Stranka je duţna da uz prijedlog
podnese dokaz o imovnom stanju, a kad je to potrebno sud moţe po sluţbenoj
duţnosti pribaviti potrebne podatke i obavještenja o imovnom stanju stranke
koja traţi osloboĊenje, a moţe o tome saslušati i protivnu stranku (ZPPFBiH, ĉl.
402. st. 2. i 3).
Prema ĉl. 403. ZPPFBiH predujam za troškove od ĉijeg je plaćanja
stranka osloboĊenja isplatit će se iz sredstava suda. Prvostepeni sud, u toku
postupka, moţe ukinuti rješenje o oslobaĊanju od plaćanja troškova postupka
ako ustanovi da je stranka u stanju da snosi troškove postupka. U tom sluĉaju,
sud treba odluĉiti da li će stranka potpuno ili djelimiĉno snositi i one troškove i
takse od kojih je ranije bila osloboĊenja, a prvenstveno se trebaju nadoknaditi
iznosi isplaćeni iz sredstava suda (ZPPFBiH, ĉl. 404).
Takse i troškovi isplaćeni iz sredstava suda, odnosno troškovi kojih je
stranka osloboĊenja, ĉine dio parniĉnih troškova (ZPPFBiH, ĉl. 405. st. 1). Ako
stranka koja je osloboĊenja plaćanja troškova izgubi u parnici, uĉinjeni izdaci u
toku postupka konaĉnu padaju na teret suda.33 Ako se parnica okonĉa uspjehom
osloboĊene stranke, svi njeni troškovi koji su u toku parnice bili evidentirani na
ime taksi, predujma ili stvarnih izdataka i nagrade zastupniku, naplaćuju se od
njenog parniĉnog protivnika u korist sredstava suda. U sluĉaju kada protivnik
stranke koja je osloboĊena troškova postupka, nije u stanju da parniĉne troškove
plati, sud moţe naknadno odrediti da te troškove, u cjelini ili djelimiĉno, plati
stranka koja je osloboĊena od plaćanja troškova postupka iz onoga što joj je
dosuĊeno. Na ovaj naĉin se ne dira u pravo ove stranke da za ono što je platila
traţi naknadu od protivnika (ZPPFBiH, ĉl. 405. st. 4). Prednje navedene odredbe

31

Ovo pravo nije nasljedno i sukcesori se njime ne mogu koristiti. Vidi: VSH, Gţ-1288/56,
objavljena kod: Crnić, I., Parnični postupak u praksi – primjeri, sudska praksa, objašnjenja,
Zagreb, 1987, str. 269.
32
Sud moţe osloboditi od plaćanja taksa samo fiziĉku osobu, a ne pravnu osobu, koja npr. obavlja
privrednu djelatnost. Vidi: VTSH, Pţ-2959/96 od 3. 12. 1996. godine. Ĉizmić, J., Komentar
Zakona o parničnom postupku Federacije Bosne i Hercegovine, Privredna štampa, Sarajevo,
2009, str. 840.
33
MeĊutim, stranka osloboĊena plaćanja troškova nije osloboĊena od konaĉnog snošenja troškova
parniĉnom protivniku. Naime, ishod parnice je pokazao da njoj ne treba pruţiti pravnu zaštitu i
zato ona duguje odreĊeni iznos na ime naknade troškova, odmjeren po pravilima procesnog prava i
utvrĊen rješenjem o parniĉnim troškovima. Tako: Stanković, G., Građansko procesno pravo, prva
sveska, Parnično procesno pravo, Pravni fakultet u Nišu, Niš, 2010, str. 319.

208

�odnose se na pravnu pomoć koja se obavlja na teret javnih sredstava, odnosno
budţeta suda, tako da predstavlja oblik besplatne pravne pomoći.34
3.3. Zakoni o advokaturi
Odredbom ĉl. 3. ZAFBiH/RS propisano je da advokatska djelatnost,
izmeĊu ostalog, obuhvata: davanje pravnih savjeta, sastavljanje razliĉitih
podnesaka (tuţbe, predstavke, zahtjevi, molbe, ţalbe i sl), sastavljanje raznih
isprava (ugovori, testamenti i sl), zastupanje stranaka u svim parniĉnim,
upravnim i ostalim postupcima pred svim redovnim i drugim sudovima, drugim
drţavnim organima, arbitraţama te pravnim osobama, odbrana i zastupanje
okrivljenog u kriviĉnom, prekršajnom i drugim postupcima u kojima se odluĉuje
o odgovornosti fiziĉkih i pravnih osoba i pruţanje i drugih oblika pravne pomoći
fiziĉkim i pravnim osobama kako bi se zaštitili njihova prava i interesi.
Navedene oblike pravne pomoći mogu pruţati samo advokati ili advokatski
pripravnici, ako drugim zakonom nije drugaĉije odreĊeno (ZAFBiH, ĉl. 8).35
Prema ĉl. 36. ZARS advokata moţe zamijeniti drugi advokat ili advokatski
pripravnik iz njegove kancelarije u izvršavanju pojedinaĉnih radnji u poslu
pruţanja pravne pomoći, osim ako se zastupana stranka tome izriĉito ne protivi.
Iako su u zakonima o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći advokatske komore
prepoznate kao pruţaoci pravne pomoći, ova vrsta djelatnosti nije zaţivjela u
većem obimu. Kodeksi advokatske etike advokata u oba entiteta,36 navode da je
advokat duţan pruţiti besplatnu pravnu pomoć socijano ugroţenim osobama i da
ovu duţnost treba obaviti jednako savjesno i briţljivo, kao i kod pruţanja pravne
pomoći drugim strankama. Advokat je, takoĊer, duţan preuzeti zastupanje
socijalno ugroţenih osoba kada to odredi nadleţni organ Komore (u Republici
Srpskoj na trošak Advokatske komore).37 Prema poglavlju XII. ĉl. 3. Kodeksa
advokatske etike advokata u Federaciji BiH, u sluĉaju uspjeha u postupku
advokat moţe od takve stranke traţiti nagradu za pruţanje usluga, u mjeri u
kojoj to zastupanje neće izgubiti svoje humano i socijalno obiljeţje, ali u svakom
sluĉaju advokat smije traţiti onu nagradu koju je zastupana stranka ostvarila po
osnovu njegova zastupanja na teret protivne stranke.
U literaturi se istiĉe da advokati u praksi uglavnom odbijaju zahtjeve za
besplatnom pravnom pomoći, navodeći da su preopterećeni poslom, jer se radi o
sporovima male materijalne vrijednosti, iako su u ovim predmetima ĉesto
prisutna znaĉajna kršenja ljudskih prava. Advokat moţe uskratiti pruţanje
34

Ĉehajić, LJ., Besplatna pravna pomoć, Izvor prava na besplatnu pravnu pomoć, Pravni
savjetnik, Društvo za istraţivanje i unapreĊenje lokalnog i regionalnog razvoja, Sarajevo, br.
1/2012, str. 112.
35
Prema ĉl. 301. ZPPFBiH punomoćnik moţe biti advokat, advokatsko društvo ili zaposlenik
sluţbe za besplatnu pravnu pomoć, kao i, za pravne osobe, zaposlenik te pravne osobe, a za fiziĉke
osobe braĉni, odnosno vanbraĉni drug stranke ili srodnik stranke po krvi ili po tazbini.
36
Kodeks advokatske etike advokata Federacije BiH je usvojen na Skupštini Advokatske komore
Federacije BiH 17.9.2005. godine. Kodeks etike advokata Advokatske komore Republike Srpske
(„Sluţbeni glasnik Republike Srpske“, broj 68/05).
37
Poglavlje XII. ĉl. 1-2. Kodeksa advokatske etike advokata Federacije BiH i poglavlje II. ĉl. 2. st.
8. Kodeksa etike advokata Advokatske komore Republike Srpske.

209

�pravne pomoći kada vjeruje da takvu pomoć ne moţe sa uspjehom pruţiti u
odgovarajućem postupku, ako zahtjevi stranaka nisu realni, ako stranka
neopravdano odbija ispuniti svoje materijalne obaveze prema prethodnom
advokatu, ako je advokat bolestan ili iz drugih opravdanih razloga.38
3.4. Zakoni o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći
U BiH ne postoji harmonizirani sistem besplatne pravne pomoći.
Usprkos vešegodišnjim preporukama proizašlim iz analiza, izvještaja i
strategija39 pisanih s ciljem jaĉanja pravne drţave i borbe protiv siromaštva, u
BiH još uvijek nije usvojen okvirni Zakon o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći, kao
osnovni garant za jednak pristup sudu i pravdi svim njenim graĊanima, ĉiji je
Nacrt predloţen u maju 2010 godine (dalje: Nacrt ZoBPP).40
MeĊutim, poštujući Ustav i meĊunarodne pravne standarde, te vodeći
raĉuna o ugroţenim i socijalno iskljuĉenim graĊanima, u pojedinim dijelovima
Bosne i Hercegovine usvojeni su posebni zakoni o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći: u
Brĉko Distriktu – ZoBPPBDBiH, kojim je osnovana kancelarija za pravnu
pomoć, u Republici Srpskoj – ZoBPPRS od 1. jula 2009. godine, kojim je
formiran centar za besplatnu pravnu pomoć, dok na nivou Federaciji BiH nema
jedinstvenog zakona koji regulira besplatnu pravnu pomoć, ali su u pojedinim
kantonima doneseni posebni zakoni koji reguliraju pravnu pomoć (Tuzlanski,
Zapadnohercegovaĉki, Zeniĉko-dobojski, Posavski, Unsko-sanski, Bosanskopodrinjski, Hercegovaĉko-neretvanski i Kanton Sarajevo), a formirane su i
institucije za pruţanje besplatne pravne pomoći (zavodi ili kancelarije).
MeĊutim, iako su zakoni doneseni radi istog cilja, a to je da se graĊanima
slabijeg imovnog stanja omogući struĉna pravna pomoć za ostvarivanje
odreĊenog prava, odnosno osigura ravnopravan pristup sudu i drugim tijelima
drţavne vlasti, navedena zakonska rješenja nisu identiĉna. Neujednaĉenost
prakse i zakonskih rješenja, koji uvijek vode neravnopravnosti graĊana,
uglavnom se odnose na definiranje pojma „slabo imovno stanje“, na naĉin na
koji se podnosi zahtjev za ostvarivanje prava na besplatnu pravnu pomoć, te na
kriterije po kojima se ona odobrava.41 Osim toga, nepotpunost i razliĉitost
pravnih propisa predstavlja potencijalni izvor diskriminacije graĊana koji ţive u
razliĉitim jurisdikcijama u BiH. Vidimo da se BiH odluĉila za svojevrsno
decentralizirano i partikularno pravno ureĊenje instituta pruţanja besplatne
38

Demir, E., op. cit., str. 51.
Ministarstvo pravde Bosne i Hercegovine je usvojilo Strategiju za reformu sektora pravde u
Bosni i Hercegovini ĉiji je osnovni cilj izgradnja djelotvornijeg i koordiniranog sistema pravde u
BiH, odgovornog prema svim graĊanima BiH i potpuno usklaĊivanje s europskim standardima.
Više o tome: Ćulanić, N; Kotlo, R; Stipanović, I., Pristup pravdi –Besplatna pravna pomoć u
HNK: uloga i (moguća) suradnja pravosuđa, organa uprave, institucija ombudsmena i
nevladinog sektora, Pristup pravdi u Bosni i Hercegovini, besplatna pravna pomoć, poseban osvrt
na Hercegovaĉko – neretvanski kanton, Centar za ljudska prava, Mostar, 2011., str. 55. – 65.
40
http://www.pravobih.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;view=article&amp;id=354&amp;catid=1&amp;Ite
mid=53 (preuzeto 6.4.2015. godine)
41
Detaljnije: Bejtović, A., Besplatna pravna pomoć u Bosni i Hercegovini, Pravna misao,
Sarajevo, br. 9-10/2010, str. 67.
39

210

�pravne pomoći, što nije najoptimalniji naĉin i oblik pruţanja pravne zaštite.42
Slijedom navedenog, usvajanje okvirnog Zakona o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći na
drţavnom nivou, dovelo bi do usklaĊivanja navedenih kriterija, odnosno
ostvarenja ustavnog naĉela jednakosti pred sudom, te naĉela zakonitosti koje
zahtijeva da se na sve graĊane, na cijelom teritoriju BiH, zakoni primijenjuju na
identiĉan naĉin.
Prema ĉl. 25. Nacrta ZoBPP, pravnu pomoć u BiH mogu pruţati:
advokatske komore u BiH,43 institucionalni organi koji mogu biti u obliku
kancelarija, zavoda, odbora ili centara za pravnu pomoć koje formiraju nadleţni
organi za pruţanje pravne pomoći i nevladine organizacije.44
Pravo zastupanja korisnika besplatne pravne pomoći u upravnom,
prekršajnom, parniĉnom, vanparniĉnom i izvršnom postupku imaju: advokati –
ĉlanovi advokatskih komora u Bosni i Hercegovini,45 zaposlenici
institucionalnih organa i nevladinih organizacija pod uvjetom da su diplomirani
pravnici koji imaju poloţen pravosudni ispit i najmanje tri godine radnog
iskustva na pravnim poslovima nakon poloţenog pravosudnog ispita, što je
cjelishodno zakonsko rješenje, imajući u vidu da zastupanje po kvalificiranom
punomoćniku doprinosi kakvoći pravne usluge, ubrzava rad sudova, te smanjuje
troškove postupka (Nacrt ZoBPP, ĉl. 26).46

42

Ćizmić, J., Pružanje besplatne pravne pomoći u Bosni i Hercegovini s osvrtom na iskustva
Republike Hrvatske, Pristup pravdi u Bosni i Hercegovini, Besplatna pravna pomoć, Poseban osvrt
na Hercegovaĉko-neretvanski kanton, Centar za ljudska prava u Mostaru, Mostar, 2011, str. 27.
43
U austrijskom pravu pruţanje usluga besplatne pravne pomoći pripada advokatima koje imenuje
Advokatska komora, dok su Engleska i Wales razvile ĉitav niz općih i specijaliziranih jedinica za
pruţanje pravne pomoći, a u cilju potpunog iskorištavanja kapaciteta oformile su Pravni servis koji
objedinjuje, koordinira i usklaĊuje rad svih savjetodavnih ureda za graĊane, pravnih centara i
lokalnih vijeća uspostavljenih za tu svrhu. Dealjnije: Bejtović, A., op. cit., str. 60.
44
U Bosni i Hercegovini postoji mreţa centara za besplatnu pravnu pomoć tj. Udruga Vaša prava
koju financira UNHCR. Centri djeluju u slijedećim gradovima: Banja Luka, Bihać, Bijeljina,
Bosanski Petrovac, Doboj, Goraţde, Livno, Mostar, Prijedor, Sarajevo, Srebrenica, Travnik,
Trebinje, Tuzla, Zvornik. Ministarstvo sigurnosti BiH i udruţenje Vaša prava su 2004. godine
potpisali Protokol o pruţanju besplatne pravne pomoći. Ovim dokumentom, kojim je definirana
dalja saradnja Udruţenja i Ministarstva, regulirano je da Vaša prava pruţaju besplatnu pravnu
pomoć. Udruţenje Vaša prava će, na osnovu potpisanog Protokola o pruţanju besplatne pravne
pomoći, svim korisnicima usluga pruţati besplatnu pravnu pomoć, nezavisno od utjecaja ma kojeg
drţavnog organa vlasti, dok ima financijskih sredstava za implementaciju Protokola
45
Prema ĉl. 26. st. 2. Nacrta ZoBPP, pravo zastupanja u kriviĉnom postupku, u dijelu kojim se
pravo na odbranu obezbjeĊuje postavljanjem branioca, zbog slabog imovnog stanja osumnjiĉenog
ili optuţenog, imaju advokati – ĉlanovi advokatskih komora u Bosni i Hercegovini.
46
Prema ĉl. 24. ZoBPPHNK besplatnu pravnu pomoć mogu pruţati advokati koji su ĉlanovi
advokatskih komora u Bosni i Hercegovini, udruţenja i fondacije registrovane za pruţanje
besplatne pravne pomoći i drugi subjekti u skladu sa drugim zakonima. Prema ĉl. 25. ZoBPPHNK,
pravo zastupanja korisnika besplatne pravne pomoći imaju: sluţbenici nadleţnog organa, pod
uslovima propisanim Zakonom, sluţbenici udruţenja i fondacija registrovanih za pruţanje
besplatne pravne pomoći i drugih subjekata u skladu s uvjetima propisanim procesnim zakonima
koji se odnosi na punomoćnike stranke, te odvjetnici – ĉlanovi odvjetniĉkih komora u Bosni i
Hercegovini. Pravni zastupnik nadleţnog organa ovlašten je samostalno pruţati besplatnu pravnu
pomoć. Pored općih i posebnih uslova propisanih za drţavne sluţbenike, pravni zastupnik mora

211

�Kriteriji koje fiziĉko lice treba ispuniti da bi steklo status korisnika
besplatne pravne pomoći su: finansijski kriterij, kriterij oĉigledne osnovanosti i
kriterij obaveznosti po zakonima i meĊunarodnim konvencijama (Nacrt ZoBPP,
ĉl. 10).47 Pravo na besplatnu pravnu pomoć po finansijskom kriteriju ostvaruju
sljedeća lica: primaoci socijalne pomoći; nezaposleni, bez drugih redovnih
primanja ili prihoda; osobe lošeg imovnog stanja; djeca bez roditeljskog
staranja;48 osobe kojima je u drugom predmetu utvrĊeno pravo na dodjelu
pravne pomoći; osobe kojima je oduzeta poslovna sposobnost i duševno oboljele
osobe smještene u zdravstvenu ustanovu; te korisnici prava na starosnu i
invalidsku penziju.49 Prema kriteriju oĉigledne neosnovanosti pravna pomoć
neće se odobriti podnositelju zahtjeva: ako se iz dokaza i ĉinjenica na kojima se
temelji zahtjev moţe zakljuĉiti da je takav zahtjev neosnovan, ako se radi o
neopravdanom voĊenju postupka i ako se radi o zloupotrebi prava na pravnu
pomoć. Pravna pomoć pruţa se i licima koji na nju imaju pravo po zakonima les
specialis ili po meĊunarodnim konvencijama koje obavezuju BiH, a kojima se

ispunjavati i posebne uvjete propisane Zakonom – poloţen pravosudni ispit i najmanje tri godine
radnog iskustva nakon poloţenog pravosudnog ispita.
47
Prema izvještaju o aktivnostima Helsinškog komiteta za ljudska prava, najveći broj
novozaprimljenih zahtjeva za pravnu pomoć odnosi se na predmete pokrenute zbog kršenje prava
iz radnih odnosa (otkazi ugovora o radu, neisplaćivanje zaraĊenih plaća, uplata doprinosa,
neisplata otpremnina i sl). Tu su još siromašni, dugotrajno nezaposleni graĊani koji nakon što
dobiju odbijenicu aplikacije za posao, ţele da preispitaju pravilnost provedenog postupka u kojem
posao uvijek dobije neko drugi, te samohrane majke, penzioneri, lica sa posebnim potrebama,
invalidi, ţrtve nasilja u porodici itd. Tako: Bejtović, A., op. cit., str. 70.
48
U Bosni i Hercegovini postoji preko 3000 djece bez roditeljskog staranja.
49
Odredbom ĉl. 11. st. 2. Nacrta ZoBPP odreĊeno je da Federacija BiH, kantoni u Federaciji BiH,
Republika Srpska i Brĉko Distrikt BiH, svojim zakonima ureĊuju šta se smatra minimumom
socijalnog statusa kandidata za pravnu pomoć, s tim da taj minimum ne moţe biti veći od najniţe
prosjeĉne neto plaće ostvarene na nivou BiH u prethodnoj fiskalnoj godini. Osnov za utvrĊivanje
prava kandidata za pravnu pomoć zbog lošeg imovnog stanja kandidata su svi prihodi i primanja
koja se ne smatraju prihodom, primanja na koja podnosilac zahtjeva i ĉlanovi njegovog
porodiĉnog domaćinstva ne plaćaju porez i imovina koja je u vlasništvu podnosioca zahtjeva i
ĉlanova njegovog porodiĉnog domaćinstva, ako ovim zakonskim odredbama nije drugaĉije
odreĊeno (Nacrt ZoBPP, ĉl. 12). Prema ĉl. 13. Nacrta ZoBPP primanja koja se smatraju prihodom
su: primanja po osnovu plate, samostalne djelatnosti, imovine i imovinskih prava i prometa
imovine i imovinskih prava, kapitala, osiguranja i drugih primitaka propisanih zakonima o porezu
na dohodak i dohodak koje podnositelj zahtjeva i ĉlanovi njegovog porodiĉnog domaćinstva
primaju u periodu od šest mjesecfi prije mjeseca u kojem je zahtjev podnesen, kao i vanredni
prihodi i imovina (nasljedstvo, pokloni, otpremnina, nagrade i drugi prihodi koje je primio
podnositelj zahtjeva ili ĉlan njegovog porodiĉnog domaćinstva makar jednom u periodu od šest
mjeseci prije podnošenja zahtjeva). Prilikom utvrĊivanja osnova za ostvarivanje prava na pravnu
pomoć od ukupnog obraĉunskog prihoda oduzimaju se izdaci i obaveze (mjeseĉna zakupnina za
stan u kojem ţivi podnosilac zahtjeva sa ĉlanovima svog porodiĉnog domaćinstva i ostali nuţni
troškovi za stanovanje, kreditne rate odobrene za rješavanje stambenog pitanja, izdaci za
poljoprivredno dobro od kojeg se izdrţava podnosilac zahtjeva sa ĉlanovima svog porodiĉnog
domaćinstva, te nuţni troškovi ţivota podnosioca zahtjeva i njegovog porodiĉnog domaćinstva –
hrana, ogrijev, školovanje, komunalne usluge, zdravstvene usluge i dr). Ako se utvrdi da obaveze
podnosioca zahtjeva premašuju ukupne prihode ili prihodi neznatno premašuju obaveze, smatra se
da je osoba lošeg imovnog stanja i da njenom zahtjevu za besplatnu pravnu pomoć treba udovoljiti
(v. ĉl. 14. i 15. st. 2. Nacrta ZoBPP).

212

�obezbjeĊuje efikasna pravna zaštita najranjivijim socijalno ugroţenim grupama
stanovništva.
Pod pruţanjem besplatne pravne pomoći u graĊanskim stvarima
podrazumijeva se: davanje opštih informacija u vezi s pravima i obavezama
korisnika usluga, davanje pravnih savjeta, pomoć u popunjavanju obrazaca
(zahtjevi, molbe, ţalbe, predstavke, tuţbe, itd.), pravno zastupanje korisnika
usluga u svim upravnim, parniĉnim i drugim postupcima pred svim drţavnim
organima, redovnim i drugim sudovima, saĉinjavanje apelacija, pravo u
postupcima mirnog rješavanja spora (Nacrt ZoBPP, ĉl. 5).50 Za razliku od našeg
prava, praksa u pojedinim zemljama Evrope51 i regiona,52 i postojeći trendovi
ukazuju na podjelu besplatne pravne pomoći na primarnu i sekundarnu, na naĉin
da su detaljno odreĊeni oblici primarne i sekundarne pravne zaštite, pretpostavke
za njihovo ostvarenje, kao i pruţaoci pravne zaštite. Primarna pravna pomoć, u
pravilu, obuhvata davanja opštih pravnih informacija, pravnih savjeta,
sastavljanja isprave i podneska, kao i pravnu pomoć u vansudskom mirnom
rješavanju sporova. Dakle, postupak primarne pravne pomoći ima za cilj da se
50

Kantonalni zavodi za besplatnu pravnu pomoć kao samostalne upravne organizacije pruţaju
sljedeće usluge iskljuĉivo osobama slabog imovnog stanja:davanje pravnih savjeta, pruţanje
pomoći kod ispunjavanja obrazaca, sastavljanje podnesaka (tuţbe, molbe, zahtjevi, predstavke,
prigovori, ţalbe i sl), zastupanje stranaka pred općinskim i kantonalnim sudovima, tuţilaštvima,
kao i drugim institucijama sa podruĉja njihovih kantona, a samo izuzetno i pred institucijama u
drugim dijelovima Bosne i Hercegovine. Vidi: A. Bejtović: op. cit., str. 67.
51
U pravnom sistemu Holandije predviĊen je mješoviti sistem besplatne pravne pomoći (primarna
i sekundarna pravna pomoć). Primarnu pravnu pomoć pruţaju tzv. šalteri za pravnu pomoć, dok
sekundarnu pravnu pomoć u komplikovanijim predmetima pruţaju advokati. Da bi mogao pruţiti
pravnu pomoć klijentu, registrovani advokat, u ime svog klijenta, mora podnijeti aplikaciju
Odboru za pravnu pomoć, radi dobijanja certifikata kojom se klijentu odobrava pravna pomoć.
Tako: Slijepĉević, T., op. cit., str. 26.
U Belgiji, takoĊer, pravna pomoć je podijeljena na primarnu i sekundarnu, a moţe biti potpuno ili
djelimiĉno besplatna i uţivaju je svi graĊani koji mogu dokazati slab imovinski status. Primarna
pomoć podrazumijeva informisanje, upućivanje i davanje pravnih savjeta fiziĉkim i pravnim
licima, a sekundarna pravna pomoć ukljuĉuje detaljno analiziranje predmeta i pravno zastupanje
pred sudovima i drugim institucijama. www.ptla.org/international (preuzeto 6.4.2015. godine).
Prema ĉl. 2. Zakona o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći Litve, koji je Sabor donio 28.3.2000 godine,
besplatna pravna pomoć se dijeli na primarnu i sekundarnu. Primarna pravna pomoć obuhvata
pravne informacije, pravne savjete, pomoć pri sastavljanju dokumenata, te mjere za postizanje
poravnanja (nagodbe), dok sekundarna pravna pomoć ukljuĉuje još i sastavljanje podnesaka,
odbranu i zastupanje pred sudovima i upravnim tijelima, ukljuĉujući i postupke izvršenja, te
pokriće sudskih taksi. Vidi: Maršić, M. op. cit., str. 139.
52

Prema ĉl. 6. Zakona o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći Hrvatske („Narodne novine“, broj 143/13dalje ZoBPPH) primarnu pravnu pomoć, koja se sastoji u davanju općih pravnih informacija,
pravnih savjeta i sastavljanja podnesaka, pruţaju uredi, ovlaštene udruge i pravne klinike.
Sekundarnu pravnu pomoć (pravni savjet, sastavljanje podnesaka u postupku zaštite prava radnika
pred poslodavcem, sastavljanje podnesaka u sudskim postupcima, zastupanje u sudskim
postupcima i pravnu pomoć u mirnom rješenju spora) pruţaju advokati (v. ĉl. 6. i 12. st. 1.
ZoBPPH). Prema ĉl. 6. Nacrta o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći Srbije, besplatna pravna pomoć se
pruţa kao primarna i sekundarna pravna pomoć. Primarna pravna pomoć obuhvata davanje opštih
pravnih informacija, poĉetnog pravnog savjeta i pravng savjeta, kao i sastavljanje isprave i
podnesaka, dok sekundarna pravna pomoć obuhvata zastupanje,odbranu i provoĊenje postupka
medijacije.

213

�utvrdi koja vrsta pravne pomoći je najprikladnija, postoje li mogućnost uspjeha u
konkretnom sluĉaju, vrijeme koje je potrebno za njegovo rješavanje, troškovi
naknadnih procedura i eventualno troškovi koje bi sam klijent trebao da snosi
(ograniĉeno oslobaĊanje od plaćanja troškova postupka). Na osnovu ovih
informacija klijent bi trebao odluĉiti da li da nastavi sa postupkom zaštite svojih
prava. Ukoliko se utvrdi da su problemi i zahtjevi klijenata komplikovaniji i
zahtjevaju više vremena, te da sluţbe za primarnu pravnu pomoć na njih ne
mogu adekvatno odgovoriti, klijeniti bi bili upućeni na sekundarnu pravnu
pomoć, koja obuhvaća zastupanje pred sudovima, sastavljanje podnesaka u
sudskim postupcima i sprovoĊenje postupka medijacije. Sekundarnu pravnu
pomoć mogu pruţati advokati, medijatori i eventualno pravnici sa poloţenim
pravosudnim ispitom i najmanje dvije godine radnog iskustva nakon poloţenog
ispita.53 UvoĊenjem mješovitnog sistema besplatne pravne pomoći, odnosno
podjele na primarnu i sekundarnu pravnu pomoć reducirali bi se troškovi koji
iziskuje pruţanje sekundarne pravne pomoći, jer bi se rješavanje jednostavnijih
zahtjeva i pruţanje osnovnih informacija klijentima moglo obaviti u primarnoj
pravnoj pomoći, koja ima svojevrsnu selektivnu ulogu i na taj naĉin rasterećuje
sudove i druge drţavne organe.54 Kriteriji imovinskog cenzusa koje treba
ispuniti za odobravanje primarne pravne pomoći trebaju biti blaţi od uvjeta za
odobravanje sekundarne pravne pomoći. Pravna pomoć trebala bi se odobriti u
svim sluĉajevima kada korisnici traţe samo pravni savjet, bez provoĊenja
sloţene procedure, utvrĊivanja imovinskog stanja korisnika i prirode pravnih
problema.55 Pruţanjem pravnih savjeta graĊanima prije poĉetka postupka trebao
bi se smanjiti broj sluĉajeva koji se pokreću zbog neukosti graĊana o njihovim
pravima, obavezama i mogućnostima uspjeha u odreĊenoj stvari. Postupak za
ostvarivanje besplatne pravne pomoći potrebno je znaĉajno pojednostaviti kako
bi pravna pomoć bila dostupna većem broju korisnika slabog imovnog stanja.56
4. Zaključna razmatranja
U Bosni i Hercegovini sistem pruţanja besplatne pravne pomoći nije
harmoniziran, usklaĊen i funkcionalan. U cilju uvoĊenja kvalitetnog i
sveobuhvatnog sistema besplatne pravne pomoći, koji će na najbolji naĉin
odgovoriti na potrebe i zahtjeve ciljne populacije u BiH, potrebno je osigurati
sljedeće:
53

Slijepĉević, T., Komparativna analiza sistema besplatne pravne pomoći: opcije za Bosnu i
Hercegovinu, Reforma sektora pravde u Bosni i Hercegovini, Preporuke civilnog društva,
Informatizacija pravosuĊa, Besplatna pravna pomoć, Alternativno rješavanje sporova, EU
integracije, Asocijacija za demokratske inicijative Sarajevo, Sarajevo, 2011, str. 34.
54
Prema podacima Eurostata, stopa rizika od siromaštva za zemlje EU-27 u 2011 godini iznosi
16,9%. Najniţa stopa siromaštva zabiljeţena je u Ĉeškoj - 9,8% i Nizozemskoj - 11%, dok su
najveće stope siromaštva, preko 20%, zabiljeţene u Grĉkoj, Bugarskoj, Španjolskoj, Rumunjskoj i
Hrvatskoj. Tako: Eurostat, 2013-02-26
55
Prema ĉl. 5. st. 2. ZoBPPHNK prava na opće informacije o pravima i obavezama i pomoć u
popunjavanju obrazaca za ostvarivanje prava na besplatnu pravnu pomoć imaju sva lica bez obzira
na ispunjavanje uslova propisanih ovim Zakonom.
56
Boţić Krstanović, LJ. et.al, op. cit, str. 26.

214

�1. donošenje Okvirnog Zakona o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći u skladu s
kojim će Federacija BiH, kantoni Federacije BiH, Republika Srpska i
Brĉko Distrikt BiH donijeti, odnosno uskladiti vaţeća zakonska rješenja;
2. sistem besplatne pravne pomoći podijeliti na primarnu i sekundarnu
pravnu zaštitu;
3. povećati efikasnost pravosuĊa kroz pravno savjetovanje i struĉno i
zakonito zastupanje siromašnih graĊana, te razmatranje vansudskih
metoda rješevanja graĊanskih sporova;
4. jednak pristup pravdi za sve graĊane u skladu sa domaćim i
meĊunarodnim pravnim standardima (potrebno je slijediti i koristiti
praksu zemalja EU, koje imaju najrazvijeniju kulturu poticanja pravne
pomoći).57
5. minimum prostornih kapaciteta;
6. finansijske resursa za organe koje pruţaju usluge besplatne pravne
pomoći, uzimajući u obzir broj potrebnih pruţaoca besplatne pravne
pomoći u odnosu na broj stanovnika;
7. kontrolu i unapreĊivanje kvaliteta pruţanja besplatne pravne pomoći;58
8. podsticanje koordinacije u radu pruţalaca usluga;
9. kontinuirano djelovanje u polju jaĉanja svjesti graĊana o njihovim
pravima i mogućnostima koje propisuju zakoni o besplatnoj pravnoj
pomoći (putem medija koji su dostupni većini potencijalnih korisnika nacionalne i lokalne televizije, radio stanice s nacionalnim i lokalnim
57

U Evropskoj uniji svaka osoba moţe aplicirati za pravnu pomoć ukoliko se nalazi u sporu sa
drugom osobom, bilo u svojoj zemlji ili inostranstvu, a nije u mogućnosti da sebi priušti pravni
savjet ili zastupanje na sudu. Kriteriji za dodjeljivanje pravne pomoći razlikuju se od zemlje do
zemlje, a najzanimljiviji je primjer Letonije, koja nastoji da obezbjedi pravnu pomoć što većem
broju ljudi. Zakon o drţavno-garantovanoj pomoći koji je na snazi od 2005. godine propisuje da
svaka osoba ima pravo na pravnu pomoć u postupku pred sudom, bez obzira na materijalna
primanja, drţavljanstvo, mjesto boravka, vjeroispovjest, rasu, pol i drugo. To bi u praksi znaĉilo da
pravnu pomoć u Letoniji mogu koristiti sve osobe koje legalno borave u toj zemlji, bez obzira
odakle dolaze. Jedini uvjet za odobravanje pravne pomoći jeste da je ona stvarno potrebna. Ovako
široko postavljen krug korisnika pravne pomoći, prije svega, zavisi od finansijskih sredstava
kojima jedna drţava raspolaţe, tako da navedena praksa u Letoniji ne bi bila primjenjiva u
mnogim drugim zemljama, pa ni u BiH. Ipak, pretpostavka je da će ovakvom sistemu pravne
pomoći vremenom teţiti sve više zemalja. Vidjeti: Slijepĉević, T., op. cit., str. 25. O preporukama
za unaprijeĊenje sistema besplatne pravne pomoći vidjeti: Boţić Krstanović, LJ. et al, op. cit., str.
46-49.
58
Vlada Bosne i Hercegovine se ĉesto susreće sa problemom kako da ravnomjerno rasporedi
budţetska sredstva na sve programe, usluge i aktivnosti koje je u obavezi da ispuni. U tom smislu,
potrebno je da pronaĊe alternativne naĉine finansiranja i povećanja budţetskih sredstava. Kao
potencijalni kandidat za ĉlanstvo u EU, Bosna i Hercegovina ima na raspolaganju dvije
komponente IPA finansiranja. Prva komponenta pod nazivom „Podrška u tranziciji i
institucionalna izgradnja“ namijenjena je unaprijeĊenju drţavnih institucija u procesu ispunjenja
zahtjeva koje postavlja EU. Naime, novĉana sredstva koja su dostupna na ovaj naĉin mogu se
koristiti kao alternativni izvor finansiranja sistema besplatne pravne pomoći. Osim toga,
udruţivanje drţavnih sredstava i sredstava koje nevladine organizacije primaju putem donacija u
svrhu pruţanja pravne pomoći omogućilo bi da se ukupna novĉana sredstva za besplatnu pravnu
pomoć povećaju i da se pravni savjeti i usluge na adekvatan naĉin pruţe što većem broju osoba.
Slijepĉević, T., op. cit., str. 33.

215

�koncesijama, štampa, postavljanje informacija na web stranicama
ministarstava, nevladinih organizacija, advokatskih komora i ostalih
drţavnih institucija koje su od znaĉaja za pruţanje besplatne pravne
pomoći i sl);
10. uspostaviti bazu podataka u cilju kontinuirane analize potreba, stanja i
trendova u oblasti besplatne pravne pomoći i time stvoriti uvjete za
efikasnije kreiranje politika djelovanja u ovoj oblasti.59
11. informatiĉki povezati urede za odobravanje pravne pomoći s drţavnim
organima radi lakše i brţe provjere propisanih uvjeta za odobravanje
pravne pomoći.
Kvalitetan i transparentan sistem besplatne pravne pomoći, bez
odugovlaĉenja i sa što manje roškova, trebao bi doprinijeti povjerenju graĊana u
pravnu drţavu i vladavinu zakona, odnosno efikasnije pravosuĊe uopšte.

59

Potrebno je propisati uvoĊenje centralne evidencije ili registra o besplatnoj pravnoj pomoći koji
će sadrţavati podatke o broju datih pravnih savjeta, primljenih zahtjeva, odobrenih zahtjeva,
rješenih i neriješenih predmeta po vrstama postupka, o utrošku sredstava, broju pruţala pravne
pomoći i sl. Tako: Slijepĉević, T., op. cit., str. 32.

216

�Assistant professor Alena Huseinbegovic
Faculty of law of Dzemal Bijedic University of Mostar

FREE LEGAL AID IN CIVIL MATTERS IN BOSNIA AND
HERZEGOVINA LEGAL SYSTEM
Summary: Free legal aid represents by legal provisions stipulated way
natural persons can exercise their right to equal access to justice before the
courts and other authorities, where their costs in total or in part are borne by the
authority in charge of provision of free legal aid. The possibility to protect the
jeopardized and violated rights in democratic societies is one of the main
conditions to exercise principle of the rule of law and right to fair trail,
guaranteed by many international instruments on human rights. The author in
her paper by using the comparative method analyses the institute of free legal aid
and emphasizes certain de lege ferenda suggestions.
Key words: free legal aid, fair trial, international sources

217

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3463">
                <text>2997</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3464">
                <text>BESPLATNA PRAVNA POMOĆ U GRAĐANSKIM STVARIMA U PRAVNOM SISTEMU BOSNE I HERCEGOVINE</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3465">
                <text>HUSEINBEGOVIĆ, Alena</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3466">
                <text>Besplatna pravna pomoć je zakonskim odredbama uređen način ostvarivanja prava fizičkog lica na jednak pristup pravdi pred sudom i drugim organima, čije troškove u cijelosti ili djelimično snosi organ za pružanje besplatne pravne pomoći. U demokratskim društvima mogućnost efikasne zaštite ugroženih i povrijeđenih prava osoba jedan je od osnovnih uslova za ostvarivanje principa vladavine prava i prava na pravično suđenje, koje je garantovano mnogim međunarodnim instrumentima o ljudskim pravima. Autorica u radu, primjenom komparativne metode, obrađuje institut besplatne pravne pomoći, te ističe odgovarajuće prijedloge de lege ferenda.  Ključne riječi: besplatna pravna pomoć,  pravično suđenje, međunarodni izvori</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3467">
                <text>Law faculty of University Džemal Bijedić Mostar</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3468">
                <text>2015</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="3469">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="59">
        <name>H Social Sciences (General),K Law (General)</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="323" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="316">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/ad8874e64a83df4f793cdffbd68bce82.docx</src>
        <authentication>e27c04311452c65f0619c113e2cac06c</authentication>
      </file>
      <file fileId="317">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/34d1351b27457fa602e8aad50bdde23c.pdf</src>
        <authentication>67286098198df1a1914b351b7f8216ee</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="2444">
                    <text>Autori: (1) Prof. dr. Dragan Jovašević, redovni profesor; (2) Doc. dr.. Marina M. Simović, docent
Institucija: (1) Pravni fakultet Univerziteta u Nišu; (2) Fakultet pravnih nauka, Univerzitet “Apeiron”, Banja Luka

BEZBJEDNOST RAČUNARSKIH SISTEMA U SRBIJI I EVROPSKI STANDARDI
Sažetak
U novom krivičnom zakonodavstvu Republike Srbije od 2005. godine propisana je krivična
odgovornost i kaţnjivost za više krivičnih djela protiv bezbjednosti računarskih podataka. To su računarska
ili kompjuterska krivična djela koja učinilac vrši zloupotrebom računara čime prouzrokuje imovinsku ili
neimovinsku štetu drugim fizičkim ili pravnim licima. U osnovi ovih inkriminacija se nalaze evropski
standardi utvrđeni u Konvenciji o kibernetičkom (sajber) kriminalu i Dodatnom protokolu uz ovu
konvenciju, kao i nizu drugih evropskih dokumenata. U radu se analiziraju osnovne karakteristike
računarskih krivičnih djela u Srbiji i stepen njihove usaglašenosti sa evropskim standardima.
Ključne riječi: zloupotreba računara, evropski standardi, kriminal, odgovornost, sankcija.

�1. Uvod
Savjet Evrope je donošenjem Konvencije o kibernetičkom (sajber) kriminalu (Convention on
Cybercrime, ETS 185), od 23. novembra 2001. godinei, pokušao da postavi osnove jedinstvenog evropskog
sistema materijalnog i procesnog krivičnog prava u oblasti neophodne saradnje drţava članica u suzbijanju
različitih oblika i vidova računarskog (kibernetičkog) kriminala. Pri tome je sama Konvencija (čl. 2-13)
propisala pet krivičnih djela ove vrste koja su upravljena protiv tajnosti, cjelovitosti i dostupnosti
računarskih podataka i sistema. Ovim su postavljene osnove za pojedina nacionalna zakonodavstva da
preciznije odrede obiljeţja i karakteristike pojedinih računarskih krivičnih djela, njihove osnovne, lakše ili
teţe oblike, te da propišu krivične sankcije za njihove učinioce (fizička ili pravna lica).
Uz ovu konvenciju je usvojen i Dopunski protokol o kriminaliziranju akata rasističke i
ksenofobične prirode koja su učinjena posredstvom računarskih sistema. I ovaj protokol u čl. 3-7 propisuje
takođe krivičnu odgovornost i kaţnjivost za zloupotrebu računara u vršenju krivičnih djela iz rasističkih i
ksenofobičnih pobuda (motiva).
Osim pomenute konvencije, veliki značaj ima i Direktiva 2013/40/EU Evropskog parlamenta i
Vijeća Evropske unije od 12. avgusta 2013. godine o napadima na informacijske sisteme i o zamjeni
Okvirne odluke Vijeća 2005/222/PUP.ii Imajući u vidu utvrđene obaveze za drţave članice Savjeta
Evrope, bilo je logično očekivati da će i u krivičnom zakonodavstvu Republike Srbije (tada Drţavnoj
zajednici Srbija i Crna Gora) uslijediti, prvo, na zakonodavnom planu, pa potom i u praksi efikasna,
kvalitetna i zakonita borba sa računarskim kriminalitetom i njihovim izvršiocima. Prihvatajući navedenu
konvenciju, izmjenama i dopunama Krivičnog zakona Republike Srbije iz aprila 2003. godine u
krivičnopravni sistem je uvedeno više računarskih krivičnih djela (u glavi 16a), pod nazivom „Krivična djela
protiv bezbjednosti računarskih podataka“iii. Identična krivična djela su uvedena i u Krivičnom zakoniku
Crne Gore od 2003. godine (u glavi 28 pod istim nazivomiv).
2. Evropski standardi zaštite računarskih sistema
U osnovi Konvencije o kibernetičkom kriminalu, kao obavezujućem međunarodnom dokumentu
koji je donijet od strane najznačajnije i najmasovnije evropske regionalne organizacije, nalazi se više
prethodno donijetih preporuka kao što su: (1) Preporuka broj R (85) 10 o praktičnoj primjeni Evropske
konvencije o uzajamnoj pomoći u krivičnim predmetima u pogledu pruţanja međunarodne krivičnopravne
pomoći pri presretanju komunikacija, (2) Preporuka broj R (88) 2 o piratstvu na polju autorskih i srodnih
prava, (3) Preporuka broj R (87) 15 koja propisuje upotrebu ličnih podataka u oblasti djelatnosti policije,
(4) Preporuka broj R (95) 4 o zaštiti ličnih podataka na području telekomunikacionih usluga sa posebnim
osvrtom na ulogu telefonije, (5) Preporuka broj R (89) 9 o računarskom kriminalu koja daje smjernice
nacionalnim organima u pogledu definisanja pojedinih računarskih krivičnih djela i (6) Preporuka broj R
(95) 13 o problemima krivičnog procesnog prava koji su vezani za informatičku tehnologiju.
Konvencija o kibernetičkom kriminalu predviđa niz pravnih sredstava, mjera i postupaka koji su
nuţni radi odvraćanja lica od radnji koje su usmjerene protiv tajnosti, cjelovitosti i dostupnosti računarskih,
sistema, mreţa i računarskih podataka, kao i za odvraćanje od njihove zloupotrebe u bilo kom vidu. Na taj
način se olakašava otkrivanje, istraţivanje i krivični progon tih djela i njihovih učinilaca na domaćem i
međunarodnom nivou i osigurava efikasna i brza međunarodna saradnja. U članu 1 Konvencije se definišu
osnovni pojmovi računarskog (kibernetičkog, sajber) kriminaliteta, kao što su: računarski sistem, računarski

Vidi Pavišić, 261-265.
Directive 2013/40/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, of 12 August 2013 on attacks
against information systems and replacing Council Framework Decision 2005/222/JHA.
iii Vidi Jovašević, 2003, 351-361.
iv Zakonik je objavljen u “Sluţbenom listu RCG” br. 70/03, 13/04 i 47/06 i “Sluţbenom listu CG” br. 40/08, 25/10,
32/11, 40/03 i 56/13. Vidi Lazarević, Vučković, Vučković, 816-824.
i

ii

�podatak, davalac usluga ili podaci o prometu. Ovim je dato uputstvo nacionalnom zakonodascu da u ovom
duhu tretira ove zaštićene vrijednosti kao objekte krivičnopravne zaštite.v
U drugom poglavlju Konvencije, pod nazivom “Kazneno materijalno pravo” u više odredbi su
dati pojam i karakteristike pojedinih krivičnih djela koje treba inkriminisati u nacionalnim pravnim
sistemima drţava članica Savjeta Evrope. To su sljedeća krivična djela: (1) krivična djela protiv tajnosti,
cjelovitosti i dostupnosti računarskih podataka i sistema (čl. 2-6): nezakoniti pristup, nezakonito
presretanje, ometanje podataka, ometanje sistema i zloupotreba uređaja, (2) računarska krivična djela (čl.7 i
8): računarsko falsifikovanje i računarska prevara, (3) krivična djela u vezi sa sadrţajem (član 9) – krivična
djela vezana za dečju pornografiju i (4) krivična djela povrede autorskih i srodnih prava (član 10). Od
posebnog značaja su odredbe Konvencije koje izričito zahtijevaju od drţava članica da se kazni i za pokušaj
ovih krivičnih djela, kao i za oblike saučesništva u vidu podstrekavanja i pomaganja, te da se, pored
odgovornosti fizičkih lica, za ova djela predvidi i krivična odgovornost pravnih lica. Sve navedene
standarde je novo krivično zakonodavstvo Srbije u potpunosti implementiralo u svoj pravni sistem
obezbjeđujući vrstu i mjeru kazne za pojedina krivična djela, kao i formirajući u okviru policije, javnog
tuţilaštva i Višeg suda u Beogradu posebne organizacione jedinice za borbu protiv visokotehnološkog
kriminala.
3. Opšte karakteristike krivičnopravne zaštite računarskih podataka
Objekt zaštite ovih krivičnih djela jeste bezbjednost računarskih (kompjuterskih) podataka i
sistema, odnosno računarske mreţe.vi Iako je danas uobičajeno da se ova krivična djela obuhvataju pojmom
kompjuterski kriminalitet, zakonodavac Republike Srbije za njih je ipak upotrijebio termin računarski
kriminalitet. Međutim, pored ovog naziva za krivična djela sistematizovana na ovom mjestu,
zakonodavstvo Republike Srbije upotrebljava i pojam visokotehnološki kriminal.vii Pod ovim se pojmom
podrazumijeva vršenje krivičnih djela kod kojih se kao objekat ili kao sredstvo izvršenja krivičnih djela
javljaju računari, računarske mreţe, računarski podaci, računarski sistemi, kao i njihovi proizvodi u
materijalnom ili elektronskom obliku.viii
Pri tome je Krivični zakonik Republike Srbijeix (KZ) od 2005. godine u članu 112 odredio pojam i
karakteristike: računarskog podatka, računarske mreţe, računarskog programa, računarskog virusa, računara
i računarskog sistema u smislu objekta napada kod ovih krivičnih djela. Računarski podatak je svako
predstavljanje činjenica, informacija ili koncepta u obliku koji je podesan za njihovu obradu u računarskom
sistemu, uključujući i odgovarajući program na osnovu koga računarski sistem obavlja svoju funkciju (stav
17). Računarska mreţa predstavlja skup međusobno povezanih računara, odnosno računarskih sistema koji
komuniciraju, razmjenjujući podatke (stav 18). Računarski program je uređeni skup naredbi koji sluţi za
upravljanje radom računara, kao i za rješavanje određenog zadatka pomoću računara (stav 19). Računarski
virus je računarski program ili drugi skup naredbi koji je unijet u računar ili računarsku mreţu, koji je
napravljen da sam sebe umnoţava i djeluje na druge programe ili podatke u računaru ili računarskoj mreţi dodavanjem tog programa ili skupa naredbi jednom ili više računarskih programa ili podataka (stav 20).
Računar je svaki elektronski uređaj koji na osnovu programa automatski obrađuje i razmjenjuje podatke
(stav 33). I konačno, računarski sistem je svaki uređaj ili grupa međusobno povezanih ili zavisnih uređaja
od kojih jedan ili više njih, na osnovu programa, vrši automatsku obradu podataka (stav 34).
Kompjuter (računar) predstavlja jednu od najznačajnijih i najrevolucionarnijih tekovina tehničkotehnološkog razvoja na kraju 20. vijeka. Međutim, pored prednosti koje računar nosi sa sobom i ogromne
koristi za čovječanstvo, on je ubrzo postao i sredstvo zloupotrebe nesavjesnih pojedinaca ili grupa. Tako
Vidi Kareklas, 94-97.
Vidi Brvar, B. (1982). Pojavne oblike zlorabe računalnika. Ljubljana: Revija za kriminalistiko in kriminologijo, (2), 27-32 i Vodinelić,
V. (1990). Metodika otkrivanja, razjašnjenja i dokazivanja računarskog kriminaliteta. Zagreb: Priručnik, (4), 330-337.
vii Pojam, karakteristike, organi krivičnog gonjenja i postupak za krivična djela visokotehnološkog kriminala uređeni su odredbama
Zakona o organizaciji i nadleţnosti drţavnih organa za borbu protiv visokotehnološkog kriminala („Sluţbeni glasnik Republike
Srbije“ broj 61/05).
viii Vidi Jovašević, D. (2003). Krivičnopravna zaštita bezbjednosti računarskih podataka. Beograd: Pravni informator, (6), 53-58.
ix “Sluţbeni glasnik Republike Srbije“ br. 85/05, 88/05, 107/05, 72/09, 111/09, 121/12, 104/13 i 108/14.
v

vi

�nastaje računarski kriminalitet, kao poseban i specifičan oblik savremenog kriminaliteta. Zahvaljujući
ogromnoj moći računara u memorisanju i brzoj obradi velikog broja podataka, automatizovani
informacioni sistemi postaju sve brojniji i nezamjenjivi pratilac cjelokupnog ljudskog i društvenog ţivota
fizičkih i pravnih lica. Različite forme primjene računara u svim oblastima ţivota, privrede i drugih
društvenih djelatnosti nisu ostale nezapaţene od strane nesavjesnih i zlonamjernih pojedinaca ili grupa koji
(ne birajući sredstva i načine) pokušavaju da pribave za sebe ili drugog protivpravnu imovinsku korist ili da
drugome nanesu kakvu štetu.x Tako računar postaje sredstvo, oruđe za izvršenje krivičnih djela. Za različite
oblike i vidove zloupotrebe računara u teoriji se upotrebljavaju različiti nazivi: zloupotreba računara, delikti
uz pomoć računara, informatički kriminalitet, računarski kriminalitet, sajber kriminalitet, tehno kriminalitet
itd.
Pod pojmom računarskog kriminaliteta podrazumijeva se sveukupnost različitih oblika, vidova i
formi ispoljavanja protivpravnih ponašanja upravljenih protiv bezbjednosti računarskih, informacionih i
kompjuterskih sistema u cjelini ili njihovih pojedinih dijelova na različite načine i različitim sredstvima u
namjeri da se sebi ili drugom pribavi korist (imovinske ili neimovinske prirode) ili da se drugome nanese
šteta. Iz ovako određenog pojma računarskog kriminaliteta proizilaze njegove karakteristike: (1) objekt
zaštite je bezbjednost računarskih podataka ili informacionog sistema u cjelini ili njegovog pojedinog dijela
(segmenta), (2) poseban, specifičan karakter i priroda protivpravnih djelatnosti pojedinaca, (3) posebna
znanja i specijalizacija na strani učinioca ovih krivičnih djela koja isključuje mogućnost da se svako, bilo
koje lice nađe u ovoj ulozi, (4) poseban način i sredstvo preduzimanja radnje izvršenja – uz pomoć ili
upotrebom (zloupotrebom) računara i (5) namjera učinioca kao subjektivni elemenat u vrijeme
preduzimanja radnje koja se ogleda u namjeri pribavljanja za sebe ili drugog koristi ili nanošenja štete
drugom fizičkom ili pravnom licu.xi
Računarski kriminalitet karakteriše velika dinamika i izuzetna šarolikost pojavnih oblika, formi i
vidova ispoljavanja.xii To je i razumljivo jer se radi o novoj tehnologiji, sa velikim mogućnostima primjene u
širokoj sferi ljudske, društvene i privredne djelatnosti, te su i mogućnosti zloupotrebe računara svaki dan
sve veće. Pored novih pojavnih oblika, ranije već poznatih krivičnih djela koja pod uticajem zloupotrebe
kompjutera mijenjaju tradicionalni, klasični način i modus ispoljavanja, javljaju se i novi oblici
protivpravnog ponašanja koji ne poznaju granice između drţava. Štetne posljedice računarskih krivičnih
djela su velike i ispoljavaju se u nastupanju imovinske štete za fizička ili pravna lica (ponekad i za cijelu
drţavu), u gubitku poslovnog ugleda, gubitku povjerenja u sigurnost i istinitost računarskog poslovanja i
uopšte računarskih podataka, opasnosti od zloupotrebe za slobode i prava čovjeka, na razne načine
odavanje lične, poslovne i drugih vidova tajni i sl.
Izvršioci ovih krivičnih djela predstavljaju specifičnu kategoriju lica. Radi se, uglavnom, o
nedelinkventnim i socijalno prilagodljivim, nenasilnim ličnostima. Oni za vršenje krivičnih djela putem
računara moraju da posjeduju određena specijalna, stručna i praktična znanja i vještine u domenu
informatičke i računarske tehnike i tehnologije. Pored toga, radi se o licima kojima su ovakva tehnološka
sredstva dostupna u fizičkom smislu. Ova se krivična djela vrše prikriveno, često bez vidljive prostorne i
vremenski bliske povezanosti između učinioca djela i oštećenog (pasivnog subjekta). U praksi postoji veća
ili manja vremenska razlika između preduzete radnje izvršenja i trenutka nastupanja posljedice. Ova se djela
teško otkrivaju, a još teţe dokazuju, dugo ostaju praktično neotkrivena, sve dok oštećeni ne pretrpi štetu u
domenu informatičkih i računarskih podataka ili sistema. Radi se o kriminalitetu koji brzo i lako mijenja
forme i oblike ispoljavanja, granice među drţavama, kao i vrstu oštećenog. U pogledu krivice, ova se djela
vrše isključivo sa umišljajem.
4. Pojedina računarska krivična djela
KZ je u verlikoj mjeri preuzeo niz utvrđenih evropskih standarda koji predviđa navedena evropska
konvencija kako bi u potpunosti stvorio osnove za efikasnu, kvalitetnu, zakonitu i blagovremenu
Vidi Petrović, S. (1994). Kompjuterski kriminalitet. Beograd: Bezbjednost, (1), 32-40.
Vidi Đokić, Z., Ţivanović, S. (2005). Kompjuterski kriminal kao obilježje progresivnog kriminaliteta. Zbornik radova „Kazneno
zakonodavstvo – progresivna ili regresivna rješenja. Beograd, 305-318.
xii Vidi Kitarović, N. (1998). Kompjuterski kriminalitet. Beograd: Bilten sudske praske Vrhovnog suda Srbije, (2-3), 52-56.
x

xi

�krivičnopravnu zaštitu računarskih podataka, sistema i drugih zaštićenih vrijednosti. U odnosu na
prvobitna rješenja, u septembru 2009. godine je dodato novo krivično djelo propisano u članu 304a KZ.
Tako, danas sistem krivičnih djela protiv bezbjednosti računarskih podataka čine sljedeća krivična djelaxiii:
(1) Oštećenje računarskih podataka i programa (član 298 KZ), (2) Računarska sabotaţa (član 299 KZ),
(3) Pravljenje i unošenje računarskih virusa (član 300 KZ), (4) Računarska prevara (član 301 KZ), (5)
Neovlašćeni pristup zaštićenom računaru, računarskoj mreţi i elektronskoj obradi podataka (član 302 KZ),
(6) Sprečavanje i ograničavanje pristupa javnoj računarskoj mreţi (član 303 KZ), (7) Neovlašćeno
korišćenje računara ili računarske mreţe (član 304 KZ) i (8) Pravljenje, nabavljanje i davanje drugom
sredstava za izvršenje krivičnih djela protiv bezbjednosti računarskih podataka (član 304a KZ).
4.1. Oštećenje računarskih podataka i programa
Krivično delo iz člana 298 se sastoji u neovlašćenom brisanju, izmjeni, oštećenju, prikrivanju ili na
drugi način činjenju neupotrebljivim računarskog podatka ili programa. Objekt zaštite je bezbjednost
računarskih podataka ili računarskih programa, a objekt napada je računarski podatak ili program.
Računarski podatak je svako predstavljanje činjenica, informacija ili koncepta u obliku koji je podesan za
njihovu obradu u računarskom sistemu, uključujući i odgovarajući program na osnovu koga računarski
sistem obavlja svoju funkciju. Računarski program je uređeni skup naredbi koji sluţi za upravljanje radom
računara, kao i za rješavanje određenog zadatka pomoću računara.
Radnja izvršenja je alternativno određenaxiv i sastoji se u preduzimanju sljedećih djelatnosti: 1)
brisanju, 2) izmjeni, 3) oštećenju, 4) prikrivanju i 5) činjenju neupotrebljivim računarskog podatka ili
programa. Za postojanje ovog djela je bitno da se radnja preduzima neovlašćeno, dakle od strane
neovlašćenog lica, na način i u postupku koji nisu dozvoljeni i u skladu sa zakonom.
Brisanje je uklanjanje računarskih podataka u cjelini ili djelimično ili računarskog programa.
Izmjena je delimična promjena postojećih podataka ili unošenje novih podataka na način, od strane lica i u
postupku koji nije predviđen odgovarajućim propisima ili po odgovarajućoj proceduri. Oštećenje je
privremeno, djelimično ili kratkotrajno onesposobljenje korišćenja računarskog podatka ili programa
izazivanjem kvarova ili kidanjem pojedinih dijelova, veza ili sklopova, tako da se računarski podatak ili
program ne mogu koristiti za određeno vrijeme za svrhu za koju su namijenjeni.
Prikrivanje je premještanje podatka ili programa sa mjesta na kome je bio pohranjen ili sadrţan i
sklanjanje na drugo, najčešće nepoznato mjesto. Činjenje neupotrebljivim na drugi način je svako drugo
onesposobljenje za kraće ili duţe vrijeme ili onemogućavanje u većoj ili manjoj mjeri korišćenja
računarskog podatka ili programa. Posljedica djela je povreda zaštićenog dobra – računarskog podatka ili
programa koji pripada fizičkom ili pravnom licu u smislu njegove upotrebljivosti, korisnosti uopšte ili za
određeno vrijeme, na određenom mjestu ili za određenu namjenu.
Izvršilac djela moţe da bude svako lice, a u pogledu krivice potreban je umišljaj. Za ovo je djelo
propisana novčana kazna ili kazna zatvora do jedne godine. Sud učiniocu djela obavezno izriče mjeru
bezbjednosti oduzimanja uređaja i sredstava ako su ispunjena dva uslova: 1) da se radi o sredstvima i
uređajima kojima je krivično djelo učinjeno i 2) da su sredstva i uređaji u svojini učinioca djela.
Ovo djelo ima dva teţa oblika. Prvi teţi oblik djela postoji ako je preduzetom radnjom izvršenja
osnovnog djela prouzrokovana šteta u iznosu preko 450.000 dinara. Visina pričinjene imovinske štete (u
vrijeme izvršenja djela u zakonom utvrđenom iznosu) predstavlja kvalifikatornu okolnost. Za ovo je djelo
propisana kazna zatvora od tri mjeseca do tri godine. Drugi teţi oblik djela, za koji je propisana kazna
zatvora od tri mjeseci do pet godina, postoji ako je preduzetom radnjom osnovnog djela prouzrokovana
imovinska šteta u iznosu preko 1.500.000 dinara.

xiii
xiv

Vidi Đurđić, Jovašević, 215-217.
Vidi Lazarević, Vučković, Vučković, 816 i 817.

�4.2. Računarska sabotaža
Ovo djelo iz člana 299 KZ čini lice koje unese, uništi, izbriše, izmijeni, ošteti, prikrije ili na drugi
način učini neupotrebljivim računarski podatak ili program ili uništi ili ošteti računar ili drugi uređaj za
elektronsku obradu i prenos podataka u namjeri da onemogući ili znatno omete postupak elektronske
obrade i prenosa podataka koji su od značaja za drţavni organ, javnu sluţbu, ustanovu, preduzeće ili druge
subjekte.xv
Objekt zaštite je dvojako određen kao: 1) računarski podatak ili program i 2) računar i drugi uređaj
za elektronsku obradu i prenos podataka. Bitno je da ovi uređaji i sredstva pripadaju, odnosno da su od
značaja za drţavni organ, javnu sluţbu, ustanovu, preduzeće ili drugog subjekta.
Radnja izvršenjaxvi je alternativno određena kao: 1) unos, 2) uništenje, 3) brisanje, 4) izmjena, 5)
oštećenje, 6) prikrivanje i 7) činjenje neupotrebljivim na drugi način računarskog podatka ili programa,
odnosno uništenje ili oštećenje računara ili drugog uređaja za elektronsku obradu i prenos podataka.
Unos je upisivanje ili pohranjivanje novog do tada nepostojećeg podatka ili izmjena već postojećeg
računarskog ili drugog podatka u računarskom programu. Uništenje je potpuno i trajno razaranje supstance
ili oblika određenog predmeta tako da više uopšte ne moţe da se koristi za svrhu, namjenu za koju je ranije
korišćen. Brisanje je uklanjanje, najčešće mehaničkim ili drugim putem, u cjelini ili djelimično, računarskog
podatka ili programa. Izmjena je djelimično mijenjanje postojećih podataka u smislu njihove sadrţine,
mjesta gdje se nalaze ili njihove prirode ili unošenje drugih neistinitih podataka u računarski sistem.
Oštećenje je privremeno, djelimično ili kratkotrajno onesposobljenje računarskog podatka, programa,
računara ili drugog uređaja za svrhu za koju su inače namijenjeni. Prikrivanje je sklanjanje podatka ili
predmeta sa mjesta na kome se do tada nalazio i koje je svima bilo poznato i premještanje na drugo,
najčešće skriveno mjesto, tako da se sa njihovom sadrţinom ne mogu upoznati druga lica uopšte ili za
određeno vrijeme. Činjenje neupotrebljivim računarskog podatka ili programa predstavlja svaku djelatnost
kojom se u većoj ili manjoj mjeri utiče na upotrebljivost računarskih podataka ili programa.
Zavisno od objekta napada prema kome je upravljena radnja izvršenja ovog krivičnog djela,
razlikuju se dva njegova oblika. To su: 1) uništenje ili oštećenje računarskog podatka ili programa i 2)
uništenje i oštećenje računara ili drugog uređaja za elektronsku obradu i prenos podataka. Ono što je bitno
za postojanje oba oblika djela jeste: a) da se radnja izvršenja preduzima u odnosu na objekte koji pripadaju
drţavnom organu, javnoj sluţbi, ustanovi, preduzeću ili drugom subjektu (pravnom licu sa posebnim
ovlašćenjima)xvii; b) da na strani učinioca u vrijeme preduzimanja radnje postoji određena namjera - da se
onemogući (u potpunosti i trajno) ili znatno omete (oteţa) postupak elektronske obrade i prenosa
podataka. Nije od značaja da li je ova namjera u konkretnom slučaju i ostvarena. Posljedica djela je povreda
računarskog podatka, programa, računara ili uređaja za automatski prenos ili obradu podataka u smislu
njihove upotrebljivosti i korisnosti.
Izvršilac djela moţe da bude svako lice, a u pogledu krivice potreban je direktni umišljaj koji
karakteriše navedena namjera. Za ovo je djelo propisana kazna zatvora od šest mjeseci do pet godina.
4.3. Pravljenje i unošenje računarskih virusa
Specifično krivično djelo iz člana 300 KZ se sastoji u pravljenju računarskog virusa u namjeri
njegovog unošenja ili njegovom unošenju u tuđi računar ili računarsku mreţu. Objekt zaštite je bezbjednost
računara i računarske mreţe od virusa različite vrste i prirode, a objekt napada je računarski virus. To je
računarski program ili neki drugi skup naredbi unijet u računar ili računarsku mreţu koji je napravljen da
sam sebe umnoţava i djeluje na druge programe ili podatke u računaru ili računarskoj mreţi -dodavanjem
tog programa ili skupa naredbi jednom ili više računarskih programa ili podataka.
Vidi Kitarović, Kompjuterski kriminalitet, op. cit., 52-56.
Vidi Jovašević, 2003, 354 i 355.
xvii Dakle, svojstvo oštećenog predstavlja elemenat bića ovog krivičnog djela.
xv

xvi

�Radnja izvršenja se sastoji u:
(1) pravljenju - stvaranju računarskog virusa koji je podoban, dovoljan, u mogućnosti da prouzrokuje
određene promjene, oštećenja u korišćenju ili upotrebljivosti računara ili računarske mreţe u
(cjelini ili djelimično). Za postojanje ove radnje izvršenja je potrebno da učinilac postupa sa
namjerom (kao subjektivnim elementom) da tako stvoreni računarski virus unese u tuđi računar ili
računarsku mreţu. Namjera mora da postoji na strani učinioca u vrijeme preduzimanja radnje, bez
obzira na to da li je u konkretnom slučaju ona i ostvarena;
(2) unošenju računarskog virusa, neposredno ili posredno, u tuđi računar ili računarsku mreţu, bez
obzira na to ko je ovaj virus napravio.
Izvršilac djela moţe da bude svako lice, a u praksi su to lica koja posjeduju posebna, specijalna
znanja iz oblasti računarstva i informatike. U pogledu krivice potreban je direktni umišljaj koji karakteriše
navedena namjera. Za ovo je djelo propisana novčana kazna ili kazna zatvora do šest mjeseci. Uređaji i
sredstva kojima je učinjeno djelo se obavezno oduzimaju - primjenom mjere bezbjednosti oduzimanja
predmeta.
Teţi oblik djela, za koji je propisana novčana kazna ili kazna zatvora do dvije godine, postoji ako je
ovako stvoreni virus unijet u tuđi računar ili računarsku mreţu čime je prouzrokovana šteta. Za postojanje
djela je bitno da je učinilac svjestan, da zna u vrijeme preduzimanja radnje – rada na računaru, da na takav
način upravo unosi računarski virus u tuđi računar ili računarsku mreţu. Šteta koja je na ovaj način
prouzrokovana, moţe biti imovinskog ili neimovinskog karaktera. Bitno je da ovako prouzorokovana šteta
predstavlja rezultat preduzete radnje osnovnog djela i da u odnosu na nju učinilac postupa sa nehatom.
4.4. Računarska prevara
Računarska prevara iz člana 301 KZ se sastoji u unošenju netačnog podatka, propuštanju unošenja
tačnog podatka ili na drugi način prikrivanju ili laţnom prikazivanju podatka čime se utiče na rezultat
elektronske obrade i prenosa podataka u namjeri da se sebi ili drugom pribavi protivpravna imovinska
korist i time prouzrokuje imovinska šteta drugom licu.xviii Objekt zaštite je bezbjednost računarskih sistema
od unošenja netačnih, neistinitih podataka i povjerenje u ove sisteme.
Radnja izvršenjaxix se sastoji iz dvije alternativno predviđene djelatnosti. To su: (1) prikrivanje i (2)
laţno prikazivanje računarskog podatka. Prikrivanje je neunošenje nekog podatka od strane lica koje je
obavezno da taj podatak unese u računar ili računarsku meţu. Moţe se raditi o bilo kakvom podatku.
Laţno prikazivanje računarskog podatka postoji kada se u računarskoj mreţi prikazuje, objavljuje, unosi ili
koristi neistiniti podatak (bilo da je u potpunosti ili djelimično neistinit). Obje djelatnosti moraju biti
preduzete u odnosu na podatak koji je po svom značaju, prirodi, karakteru, vremenu unošenja ili upotrebe
takav da je podoban da utiče na rezultat (tok i postupak) elektronske obrade i prenosa podataka u
računarskom sistemu.
Bilo koja od ovih djelatnosti, u smislu krivičnog djela, mora biti preduzeta na zakonom određeni
način: (1) unošenjem netačnog (neistinitog) podatka u cjelini ili djelimično, (2) propuštanjem da se unese,
neunošenjem, neupisivanjem kakvog vaţnog podatka (znači ne bilo kakvog podatka, već samo onog koji je
u konkretnom slučaju vaţan) ili (3) na drugi način. Sve djelatnosti, u smislu radnje izvršenja ovog krivičnog
djela, moraju biti preduzete u određenoj namjeri – namjeri da učinilac za sebe ili drugog pribavi
protivpravnu imovinsku korist. Ta namjera mora da postoji na strani učinioca u vrijeme preduzimanja
radnje, ali ona u konkretnom slučaju ne mora biti i ostvarena. Posljedica djela je povreda koja se ogleda u
prouzrokovanju imovinske štete za drugog. Moţe se raditi o šteti u bilo kom iznosu koja je u uzročnoposledičnoj vezi sa preduzetom radnjom izvršenja, bez obzira na to da li je oštećeni vlasnik ili korisnik
računarske mreţe.
Vidi Turković et al., 345 i 346.
Vidi Jovašević, Obiljeţja kompjuterskog kriminaliteta, op. cit., 56-62.

xviii
xix

�Izvršilac djela moţe da bude svako lice, a u pogledu krivice je potreban direktni umišljaj koji
kvalifikuje navedena namjera. Za ovo djelo je propisana novčana kazna ili kazna zatvora do tri godine.
Lakši oblik djela postoji kada je učinilac preduzeo radnju izvršenja – prikrivanje ili laţno prikazivanje
podatka u računaru ili računarskoj mreţi na zakonom predviđeni način sa namjerom da se drugome nanese
šteta, dakle, da se drugo fizičko ili pravno lice ošteti. Maliciozna namjera učinioca da se drugome nanese
imovinska ili neimovinska šteta - predstavlja privilegujuću okolnost za koju je zakon propisao novčanu
kaznu ili kaznu zatvora do šest mjeseci.
Ovo djelo ima dva teţa oblika. Prvi teţi oblik djela, za koji je propisana kazna zatvora od jedne do
osam godina, postoji ako je usljed preduzete radnje izvršenja osnovnog djela pribavljena imovinska korist
(za učinioca ili drugo lice) u iznosu preko 450.000 dinara. Visina pribavljene imovinske koristi predstavlja
kvalifikatornu okolnost. Ona se mora nalaziti u uzročno-posljedičnoj vezi sa preduzetom radnjom
izvršenja. Drugi teţi oblik djela postoji ako je preduzetom radnjom izvršenja učinilac za sebe ili drugog
pribavio protivpravnu imovinsku korist u iznosu preko 1.500.000 dinara. Za ovo je djelo propisana kazna
zatvora od dvije do deset godina.
4.5. Neovlašćeni pristup zaštićenom računaru, računarskoj mreži i elektronskoj obradi
podataka
Sljedeće računarsko djelo iz člana 302 KZ se sastoji u neovlašćenom uključivanju u računar ili
računarsku mreţu ili u neovlašćenom pristupu elektronskoj obradi podataka kršenjem mjera zaštite.xx
Objekt zaštite je bezbjednost računara ili računarske mreţe, odnosno sistema elektronske obrade podataka
koji su zaštićeni posebnim tehničkim i drugim mjerama zaštite.
Radnja izvršenja je neovlašćeno uključivanje u računar ili računarsku mreţu ili pristup elektronskoj
obradi podataka.xxi To je ulazak, prodiranje, pristup u zaštićeni sistem računarskih podataka, u sistem
elektronske obrade ili prenosa podataka, kao i u računarsku mreţu u cjelini ili njen pojedini dio. Bitno je da
se radi o računaru, računarskom sistemu ili sistemu elektronske obrade podataka koji su zaštićeni posebnim
mjerama zaštite. Stoga se radnja izvršenja preduzima na određeni zakonom predviđeni način: 1)
neovlašćeno i 2) kršenjem mjera zaštite (postupanjem protivno svim propisanim mjerama ili samo
pojedinim mjerama, i to činjenjem ili nečinjenjem).
Izvršilac dela moţe da bude svako lice koje posjeduje određena znanja iz oblasti zaštite računara ili
računarskih sistema. U pogledu krivice potreban je umišljaj. Za ovo je djelo propisana novčana kazna ili
kazna zatvora do šest mjeseci. Djelo ima dva teţa oblika.
Prvi teţi oblik djela postoji u slučaju snimanja ili upotrebe računarskog podatka koji je dobijen
neovlašćenim uključivanjem u tuđi računar ili računarsku mreţu ili tuđi sistem elektronske obrade podataka
pod uslovom da je to učinjeno kršenjem mjera zaštite. Za ovo je djelo propisana novčana kazna ili kazna
zatvora do dvije godine. Bez značaja je u kom cilju ili u kojoj namjeri je upotrijebljen na ovaj način
pribavljen (snimljen) računarski podatak.
Drugi teţi oblik djela, za koji je propisana kazna zatvora do tri godine, postoji ako je neovlašćenim
uključivanjem u tuđi računar ili računarsku mreţu ili tuđi sistem elektronske obrade podataka (kršenjem
mjera zaštite) pribavljen računarski podatak (jedan ili više njih) koji je potom upotrijebljen usljed čega je
došlo do zastoja ili ozbiljnog poremećaja funkcionisanja elektronske obrade i prenosa podataka ili mreţe ili
su nastupile druge teške posljedice za drugo (fizičko ili pravno) lice. Teţe posljedice mogu biti imovinske ili
neimovinske prirode, ali moraju biti u uzročno-posljedičnoj vezi sa upotrebom podatka do koga se došlo
neovlašćenim uključivanjem ili pristupom. Za postojanje ovog teţeg djela je bitno da je došlo do
nastupanja teţe posljedice povrede u vidu zastoja ili ozbiljnog poremećaja funkcionisanja elektronske

xx
xxi

Vidi Jovašević, 2003, 359 i 360.
Vidi Turković et al., 341 i 342.

�obrade i prenosa podataka ili mreţe ili da su nastupile druge teške posljedice. Koje su to teške posljedice,
predstavlja faktičko pitanje koje sud rješava u konkretnom slučaju.
4.6. Sprečavanje i ograničavanje pristupa javnoj računarskoj mreži
Krivično delo iz člana 303 KZ se sastoji u neovlašćenom sprečavanju ili ometanju pristupa javnoj
računarskoj mreţi.xxii Objekt zaštite je javna računarska mreţa i slobodan pristup toj mreţi od strane
individualno neodređenog broja lica. Motiv ove inkriminacije je sprečavanje monopola u korišćenju javne
računarske mreţe.
Radnja izvršenja je sprečavanje ili ometanje slobodnog pristupa javnoj računarskoj mreţi.xxiii
Sprečavanje je onemogućavanje u potpunosti, trajno ili za određeno kraće vrijeme, pristupa drugom licu
javnoj računarskoj mreţi. To moţe biti učinjeno fizičkim sprečavanjem, postavljanjem određenih uslova ili
prepreka, odnosno zahtijevanjem ispunjenja određenih pretpostavki. Ometanje je djelimično usloţavanje,
oteţavanje, činjenje nedostupnim ili uslovljavanje drugom licu da nesmetano, slobodno, po svom
nahođenju pristupi ili koristi javnu računarsku mreţu. Bitno je da se radi o radnji izvršenja koja je
preduzeta neovlašćeno (od neovlašćenog lica, mimo uslova i pretpostavki i van postupka koji su zakonom
ili drugim propisima iz ove oblasti predviđeni) u odnosu na javnu računarsku mreţu.
Izvršilac djela moţe da bude svako lice, a u pogledu krivice potreban je umišljaj. Za ovo je djelo
propisana novčana kazna ili kazna zatvora do jedne godine. Teţi oblik djela, za koji je propisana kazna
zatvora do tri godine, postoji ako je radnju izvršenja preduzelo sluţbeno lice u vršenju sluţbe. Svojstvo
učinioca djela i način preduzimanja radnje izvršenja - kršenjem ili zloupotrebom sluţbene duţnosti,
predstavljaju kvalifikatorne okolnosti za koje zakon propisuje stroţije kaţnjavanje.
4.7. Neovlašćeno korišćenje računara ili računarske mreže
Krivično djelo iz člana 304 KZ se sastoji u neovlašćenom korišćenju računarske usluge ili
računarske mreţe u namjeri da se sebi ili drugom licu pribavi protivpravna imovinska korist.xxiv
Objekt zaštite je zakonitost i savjesnost u korišćenju računarskih sistema - usluga ili mreţe od svih
oblika zloupotrebe i nesavjesnosti. Radnja izvršenja je neovlašćeno korišćenje, dakle upotreba,
iskorišćavanje podataka koji su pribavljeni ili pohranjeni u računaru ili računarskoj mreţi u koristoljubivoj
namjeri – namjeri da na ovaj način učinilac za sebe ili drugo fizičko ili pravno lice pribavi protivpravnu (ne
bilo kakvu) korist. Ova namjera mora da postoji na strani učinioca u vrijeme preduzimanja radnje izvršenja,
ali ona ne mora u konkretnom slučaju da bude i ostvarena.
Izvršilac djela moţe da bude svako lice, a u pogledu krivice potreban je direktni umišljaj koji
karakteriše navedena namjera. Za ovo je djelo propisana novčana kazna ili kazna zatvora do tri mjeseca.
4.8. Pravljenje, nabavljanje i davanje drugom sredstava za izvršenje krivičnih djela protiv
bezbjednosti računarskih podataka
Ovo je novo računarsko krivično djelo (član 304a KZ) koje je uvedeno novelom KZ iz 2009.
godine. Zapravo, ovdje se radi o kaţnjivim pripremnim radnjama za izvršenje nekog od računarskih
krivičnih djela. Samo djelo se sastoji u posjedovanju, pravljenju, nabavljanju, prodaji ili davanju drugome na
upotrebu računara, računarskog sistema, računarskog podatka ili programa za izvršenje nekog od krivičnih
djela protiv bezbjednosti računarskih podataka.xxv Za ovo je djelo propisana kazna zatvora od šest mjeseci
do tri godine, pri čemu se obavezno od učinioca oduzimaju predmeti izvršenja djela - primjenom posebne
mjere bezbjednosti oduzimanja premeta.

Vidi Jovašević, Obiljeţja kompjuterskog kriminaliteta, op. cit., 56-62.
Vidi Kitarović, Kompjuterski kriminalitet, op. cit., 52-56.
xxiv Vidi Jovašević, 2003, 360 i 361.
xxv Vidi Simić, Trešnjev, 213 i 214.
xxii

xxiii

�Objekt zaštite je i u ovom slučaju bezbjednost računarskih sistema i podataka, ali koja se
obezbjeđuje na specifičan način - prije neposrednog preduzimanja radnje krivičnog djela.
Radnja izvršenja je višestruko alternativno određena. Ona se sastoji u: posjedovanju, pravljenju,
nabavljanju, prodaji ili davanju drugome na upotrebu predmeta. Posjedovanje je sama drţavinska vlast
izvršioca nad predmetima, neposredno ili posredno, što uključuje njegovu mogućnost njihovog korišćenja.
Pravljenje je izrada novog ili prepravljanje, preinaka postojećeg predmeta. Nabavljanje je dolaţenje u
posjed, u drţavinu predmeta. Prodaja je zamjena predmeta za domaći ili strani novac, a davanje na
upotrebu drugome je radnja pomaganja kojom se stvaraju uslovi da drugo lice neposredno upotrijebi ove
predmete. Bitno je da se radnja izvršenja preduzima: 1) u odnosu na zakonom tačno određene predmete
kao što su: računar, računarski sistem, račnarski podatak ili program i 2) u određenoj namjeri - za izvršenje
nekog od krivičnih djela protiv bezbjednosti računarskih podataka.
5. Zaključak
Prihvatanjem odredbi niza relevantnih evropskih dokumenata, koji su konačno inaugurisani
usvajanjem Konvencije o kibernetičkom kriminalu, u nacionalnim zakonodavstvima drţava članica Sav,eta
Evrope je stvorena pravna osnova za uvođenje posebne vrste „računarskih, kompjuterskih“ krivičnih djela
koja imaju za cilj da obezbijede efikasno, kvalitetno, zakonito, bezbjedno i uz povjerenje obavljanje
različitih poslova i usluga putem računara.
Zapravo, uvođenjem posebnih krivičnih djela obezbjeđuje se bezbjednost računarskih sistema i
podataka u nacionalnim i međunarodnim razmerama. Tako je i u Republici Srbiji, počev od 2003. godine, u
krivičnopravni sistem uvedeno više krivičnih djela ove vrste pri čemu je zakonodavac, poštujući utvrđene
evropske standarde, obezbijedio krivične sankcije za pojedine oblike i vidove ispoljavanja propisanih
računarskih krivičnih djela.
Slična krivična djela su sastavni dio i novodonijetog KZ iz 2005. godine. Na taj način, uz
odgovarajuće procesne pretpostavke (formiranje posebnih organa za suzbijanje visokotehnološkog
kriminala u okviru policije, javnog tuţilaštva i suda) stvorene su pretpostavke za efikasnu borbu Republike
Srbije sa ovim savremenim oblicima i vidovima kriminaliteta koji ne poznaje granice između drţava.
6. Literatura
Đurđić, V., Jovašević, D. (2010). Krivično pravo, Posebni dio. Beograd: Nomos.
Jovašević, D. (2003). Komentar Krivičnog zakona Republike Srbije sa sudskom praksom. Beograd: Nomos.
Kareklas, S.E. (2009). Priručnik za krivično pravo Evropske unije. Beograd: Institut za uporedno pravo i Mladi
pravnici.
Lazarević, Lj., Vučković, B., Vučković, V. (2004). Komentar Krivičnog zakonika Crne Gore, Obod, Cetinje:
Obod.
Pavišić, B. (2006). Kazneno pravo Vijeća Evrope. Zagreb: Tehnička knjiga.
Simić, I., Trešnjev, A. (2010). Krivični zakonik s kraćim komentarom. Beograd: Ing pro.
Turković, K., et al. (2013). Komentar Kaznenog zakona. Zagreb: Narodne novine.

�Authors: Dragan Jovašević, PhD; Marina M. Simović, PhD
Institutions: (1) Facultfay of Law of University of Niš; (2) Faculty of Law, University „Apeiron“ of Banja Luka
SAFETY OF COMPUTER SYSTEMS IN SERBIA AND EUROPEAN STANDARDS

Abstract
The Republic of Serbia, in its new criminal legislation passed in 2005, provides for criminal
responsibility and punishment for several criminal offences against safety of computer data. Those are
computer criminal offences done by the perpetrator by computer abuse, thereby causing material or nonmaterial damage to other natural or legal persons. The basis of those incriminations are European
standards prescribed under the Convention on Cyber Criminal and Additional Protocol to this
Convention, as well as many other European documents. The paper analyses basic characteristics of
computer criminal offences in Serbia and the degree of their compatibility with European standards.
Keywords: computer abuse, european standards, crime, responsibility, sanction.

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="2436">
                <text>3166</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="2437">
                <text>BEZBJEDNOST RAČUNARSKIH SISTEMA U SRBIJI I EVROPSKI STANDARDI</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="2438">
                <text>JOVAŠEVIĆ, Dragan
SIMOVIĆ, Marina M.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="2439">
                <text>U novom krivičnom zakonodavstvu Republike Srbije od 2005. godine propisana je krivična odgovornost i kažnjivost za više krivičnih djela protiv bezbjednosti računarskih podataka. To su računarska ili kompjuterska krivična djela koja učinilac vrši zloupotrebom računara čime prouzrokuje imovinsku ili neimovinsku štetu drugim fizičkim ili pravnim licima. U osnovi ovih inkriminacija se nalaze evropski standardi utvrđeni u Konvenciji o kibernetičkom (sajber) kriminalu i Dodatnom protokolu uz ovu konvenciju, kao i nizu drugih evropskih dokumenata. U radu se analiziraju osnovne karakteristike računarskih krivičnih djela u Srbiji i stepen njihove usaglašenosti sa evropskim standardima.    Ključne riječi: zloupotreba računara, evropski standardi, kriminal, odgovornost, sankcija.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="2440">
                <text>Centar za društvena istraživanja Internacionalnog Burč univerziteta</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="2441">
                <text>2015-12-16</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="2442">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="2443">
                <text>ISSN 978-9958-834-50-9     </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="19">
        <name>K Law (General)</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="119" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="121">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/c39d4fcf4127d4c98fe50761be78b4e5.pdf</src>
        <authentication>f9a3edaf624ec2bf00cc0d37b8a9e78b</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="922">
                    <text>	&#13;  
	&#13;  

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics
Context: The Case Study of Trade of Bosnia and Herzegovina
with Croatia
Snježana Brkić
School of Economics and Business University of Sarajevo
snjezana.brkic@efsa.unsa.ba

Abstract: The paper focuses primarily on intra-industry trade (IIT)
which is researched in the context of country-specific characteristics. A
three-decade-long academic research of IIT phenomena suggests that IIT
is likely to be more intensive and mostly of horizontal type between
countries that are at a similar stage of economic development, with the
same level of trade openness and with intensive and significantly
liberalized mutual trade. Geographical proximity of countries, especially
their common border, as well as their similarities in some non-economic
characteristics such as history, culture, language, also contribute to IIT
intensity. Bosnia and Herzegovina (BH) and Croatia match most of

Keywords:	&#13;  : Intra-Industry Trade
(IIT), Grubel-Lloyd Index (G-L
Index), Country Characteristics,
Bosnia and Herzegovina (BH),
Croatia
JEL Classification: F10, F14,
F15
Article History
Submitted: 11.9.2017
Resubmitted: 20.4.2018
Accepted: 26.7.2018

these criteria for intensive and increasing IIT. The aim of the research is
to check aforementioned thesis on IIT on a case study of BH in its trade
with Croatia over the period from 2003 till 2016. Research is focused

http://dx.doi.org/10.14706/JECO
SS17726

on IIT characteristics – intensity, trend and structure, both at aggregate
level (based on calculating corrected and uncorrected Grubel-Lloyd
indices) and at division level of Standard International Trade
Classification – SITC (based on calculating standard Grubel-Lloyd
index and relative unit values of export and import). The research
findings indicate a continuously rising, although lower than expected,
intensity of IIT, taking into account similarities between given countries
in comparison with other important trading partners of BH and taking
into account a high level of data aggregation. In BH trade with Croatia
inter-industry trade still prevails while high intensive IIT appears in a
very low number of product groups, coupled with the dominance of
vertical IIT. However,at the same time a growing trend and a
significant increase of IIT intensity in trade with Croatia have been
identified.
Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

100

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

Introduction
Empirical research into intra-industry trade (IIT) of a series of countries indicates the
existence of a significant IIT share and a greater presence of the horizontal type of
IIT in the mutual trade between countries with similar economic and non-economic
characteristics. The dominant IIT, mostly of horizontal type, is more likely to
develop between countries that are geographically close (particularly the neighboring
ones), and that are similar by size, economic development, trade openness, culture
and language, and have the common history, countries that intensively trade with
each other and belong to the same economic integration.
The aim of the paper is to establish whether the intensity and structure of IIT
between Bosnia and Herzegovina (BH) and Croatia develop in line with the
theoretical hypotheses and empirical findings on IIT between countries of given
characteristics. Upon comparing economic and other characteristics of the two
countries, the research focuses on measuring the share of BH IIT at an aggregate
level and determining the trend of IIT in BH trade with the world, Croatia and
other significant trading partners. The last section of research pertains to measuring
the IIT intensity in the BH trade with Croatia by industries, in order to determine
the number of product groups where IIT prevails, and a more common IIT type
having in mind the product differentiation (vertical or horizontal).
The IIT analysis is based on the calculation of aggregate Grubel-Lloyd indices, both
uncorrected and corrected for trade imbalance, and Grubel-Lloyd indices at the
industry level. For the purpose of this research the industry, i.e. the product group
has been defined at the level of divisions of the Standard International Trade
Classification (SITC) rev. 3, i.e. at a two-digit aggregation level 1 , and IIT was
measured based on the data by industries which registered exports and /or imports in
BH trade with Croatia over the observed period.
The observed time period covers fourteen years, from 2003 to 2016. It is the longest
period with available data at a two-digit SITC level for BH from an unique national
source and with a satisfactory degree of reliability.2 This period can be divided into
two parts: the period of free trade between the observed countries from 2003 to
2013, and the period from 2014 to 2016, when the degree of liberalization was
taken back to a lower level due to Croatia’s accession to the European Union (EU).

Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

101

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

Literature Review
As opposed from the inter-industry trade which implies trade in products of
different industries and which is still the prevailing trade type in the structure of
international trade flows, intra-industry trade (IIT) is a kind of trade where products
of the same classification are simultaneously found in the structure of exports and
structure of imports of the trading countries. In simpler terms, IIT is the
international trade of products within the same industry. Probably the shortest,
although comprehensive enough definition says that IIT is a two-way trade in
products related in demand and/or supply (Brkić, 2012).
The explanation of the IIT phenomenon is based on a few theoretical concepts and
models, primarily those included in the modern theory of international trade and
based on imperfect competition, increasing returns and product differentiation.
Germs of the contemporary explanation of IIT are already found in the first modern
theories of international trade – Linder’s concept of demand similarity (1961) and
Vernon’s theory of product life cycle (1966). The first “true” IIT models based on
increasing returns and product differentiation were constructed by Krugman (1979)
and Lancaster (1980). The development of IIT model has led to the differentiation
between its horizontal and vertical component. The theoretical basis of horizontal
IIT was developed in models by Lancaster (1980), Krugman (1981), Helpman
(1981, 1987), Eaton and Kierzkowski (1984), and Bergstrand (1990), while the
theoretical basis of vertical IIT type rests upon papers published by Falvey (1981),
Shaked and Sutton (1984), Falvey and Kierzkowski (1987), and Flam and Helpman
(1987).
Research into the factors affecting IIT resulted in distinguishing IIT determinants
related to country characteristics (general and specific) on the one hand, and IIT
determinants related to industry characteristics on the other. The most common
general country characteristics include: size, economic development level, geographic
distance, trade barriers/degree of openness and trade intensity. Specific country
characteristics may include: common border, membership in same economic
integrations, similarity of culture and language, political ties, common history, etc.
One of the first theoretical concepts to implicitly offer the explanation of IIT
phenomenon based on country characteristics was developed by Linder (1961), who
introduced the hypothesis of similarity of demand. Some twenty years later, Linder’s
thesis was to be elaborated by Krugman (1980), and Helpman and Krugman (1985);
their papers led to a few claims about the determining role of country characteristics.
In a few papers of the 1980s3, Balassa highlighted the importance of countries’ size
and their mutual geographical distance for all types of international trade. Falvey
102

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

(1981) and Falvey and Kierzkowski (1987), and then Davis (1995) as well developed
concepts that relate IIT with factor endowment, which had previously been
exclusively considered as an inter-industry trade determinant.
Leamer (1988) and later Harrigan (1994, 1996) related IIT with policies, pointing
to the significance of market openness for the growth of international trade in
general, and IIT in particular. Numerous empirical studies also dealt with studying
the correlation between IIT and trade policy such as Pagoulatos and Sorensen
(1975), Loertscher and Wolter (1980), Caves, (1981), Bergstrand (1983, 1989,
1990), Havrylyshyn and Civan (1983), Balassa (1967, 1986c) Balassa and Bauwens
(1987), Torstensson (1996), Sharma (2000, 2002, 2004), Lee and Sohn (2005),
Veeramani (2009), and others. Most researchers reached the identical conclusion
that IIT intensity inversely varies compared to the level of trade restrictions. Trade
liberalization between trading countries in general, and particularly within higher
degrees of economic integration, is a significant determinant of IIT. Experiences of
developed economic integrations in the world, particularly of the EU point to the
conclusion that economic integration leads to an increase in intra-, rather than interindustry trade. The reason includes greater possibilities for production and trade in
differentiated products. The positive effect of regional economic integration on IIT
was determined in a number of studies: Balassa (1966, 1979); Grubel and Lloyd
(1975); Drabek and Greenaway (1984); Balassa and Bauwens (1987); Greenaway
(1987); Havrylyshyn and Kunzel (1997); Matthews (1998); Manger (2015); and
others.
A special interest of IIT researchers, starting from the already mentioned Balassa, was
aroused by the size and economic development of trading countries. According to
Lancaster (1980) and Bergstrand (1990), the larger the market size, the more space
there is for product differentiation and a greater import demand for differentiated
products, and the market size is therefore expected to be in the positive correlation
with IIT. Krugman (1979, 1980), and Helpman and Krugman (1985) find
arguments in the fact that a larger market presents a greater possibility for achieving
the economy of scale, which leads to a greater IIT. In empirical literature there are a
number of confirmations of the hypothesis on the impact of average size of trading
countries on IIT, starting from Balassa and Bauwens (1987), Bergstrand (1990),
Guell and Richards (1998) to more recent research by Durkin and Krygier (2000),
Kandogan (2003) and others. In the context of these considerations, one can expect
a greater IIT between countries of similar economic size. Due to the similarity in the
level of economic development between countries, which is typically expressed
through the similarity in the level of income p/c, one can also expect a greater
intensity of mutual IIT, which was established in the studies by Balassa and Bauwens
Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

103

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

(1987), Bergstrand (1990), Stone and Lee (1995), Nilsson (1999), etc. Similarity in
the level of economic development between countries indicates the similarity in their
ability to manufacture differentiated products and similarity in the size and pattern
of their demand for differentiated products.
Certain studies focused on the correlation between geography and IIT showed that
an increase in distance leads to a decrease in IIT far faster than in inter-industry
trade since, besides transport costs, some other factors such as the availability of
product information, which decreases as the distance increases, are also of a great
significance for the former trade type.4 Strong empirical evidence of IIT dependence
on geography can be found in literature – in papers by Loertscher and Wolter
(1980), Bergstrand (1983), Balassa (1986b), Balassa and Bauwens (1987), Culem
and Lundberg (1986), Hummels and Levinson (1995), Stone and Lee (1995), Amiti
and Venables (2002), Venables, Rice and Stewart (2003), Jambor and Torok (2013),
etc.
Historical, political and cultural ties are also significant for a decrease in the so-called
unfamiliarity costs in international trade, and thus for an increase in the IIT share.
Rauch (1999) stressed the significance of ethnic ties in international trade,
particularly in the trade in differentiated products, which are frequently subjects of
greater IIT. Finally, IIT intensity is also affected by trade intensity which measures
the volume of trading between countries. If two countries mutually trade to a
significant degree, it is more likely that, due to the spurred specialization, the share
of differentiated industrial products in the trade, and thus the trade overlap, will
grow.
Together with the development of theoretical explanation and modeling of IIT, ways
of its measurement were developed. A number of authors proposed different
measures of IIT intensity, change and structure: from static ones, such as the initial
Grubel-Lloyd index (Grubel and Lloyd, 1971, 1975), which evolved further and
reached its aggregate form and the form corrected for the impact of trade imbalance,
alternative indices created by Aquino (1978), Loertscher and Wolter (1980), Glejser,
Gossens and Eede (1982), to indices expressing change in IIT that can be considered
dynamic, such as Hamilton-Kniest index (1991), and marginal IIT index (Brülhart,
1994).

104

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

Applied Methodology
Values of the individual IIT indices were calculated, expressed and interpreted either
for each year of the period and/or as an average for the entire observed period and/or
for the selected years of the period.
Measuring the IIT share by countries (for all industries in total and for
manufacturing industry in particular) used the aggregate Grubel-Lloyd index (G-L
index) first in its uncorrected form:

∑ (Χ + Μ ) − ∑ Χ − Μ
=
∑ (Χ + Μ )
i

Βj

i

i

i

i

0 ≤ Bj ≤ 1

i

i

i

(1)

i

Bj – aggregate G-L index for a given country „j”, i.e. the IIT share; Xi – exports of
industry „i” from a given country; Mi – imports of industry „i”from a given country; i =
1,..., n – the number of industries.

Since IIT measurement using the aggregate G-L index is affected by the size of trade
imbalance between partners (Grubel and Lloyd, 1975) in the direction of IIT
underestimation, corrected G-L indices were calculated in the same time.

Cj =

∑ (X
i

∑ (X

i

i

+ Mi )− ∑ Xi − Mi
i

+ Mi )−

i

∑ X − ∑M
i

i

0 ≤ Cj ≤1

(2)

i

i

Measurement and comparison of IIT share by industries used the standard GrubelLloyd index (Grubel and Lloyd, 1975).

Bi =

(X i + M i ) −

Xi − Mi

Xi + Mi

0 ≤ Bi ≤ 1

(3)
(4)

for X i = 0 ili M i = 0 ⇒ X i − M i = ( X i + M i ) ⇒ Bi = 0

(5)

Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

105

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

for X i = M i ⇒ X i − M i = 0 ⇒

(X i + M i ) − 0
Xi + Mi

= 1 ⇒ Bi = 1

(6)

If the index value equals 1, it means that there is a total overlap between exports and
imports of the given industry, and that the entire trade in industry “i” is of intraindustry type. If the value of index is 0, foreign trade of industry “i” is entirely the
inter-industry trade. For most product groups, the value of G-L index is between the
two extreme values. Values of IIT index can be classified into four categories, which
facilitates the interpretation of research results (Brkić, 2012):
- Bi ∈ [0.00; 0.25] – value of G-L index in this interval indicates strong interindustry tendencies;
- Bi ∈ [0.26; 0.50] – value of G-L index in this interval means the existence
of weak inter-industry tendencies;
- Bi ∈ [0.51; 0.75] – value of G-L index in this interval reflects the dominant
IIT, though relatively weaker intra-industry tendencies;
- Bi ∈ [0.76; 1.00] – value of G-L index in this interval signifies the existence
of prominent dominance of IIT.
Industries where vertical or horizontal IIT respectively prevails were identified using
the most frequently applied methodology in the empirical literature on IIT, which
was developed by Greenaway, Hine and Milner (1995). The methodology is based
on the assumption that the relative gap between unit values of exports and imports
reflects the difference in the quality of products traded between two countries.

UV X
UV M
HIIT : RUV ∈ [(1 − α ), (1 + α )]
VIIT : RUV ∈ [(1 + α ),+∞] or RUV ∈ [0, (1 − α )]
RUV =

(7)
(8)
(9)

UVX – unit value of exports; UVM – unit value of imports; α – arbitrarily fixed dispersion
factor ( = 0.15).

Horizontal IIT exists if the ratio between unit values of exports and imports (the
relative unit value – RUV) ranges in the interval from 0.85 to 1.15. If the relative
unit value is beyond this interval, the trade is identified as vertical IIT: vertical IIT in
higher-quality products in case the ratio exceeds 1.15 (which means that quality of
exports is higher than that of imports) or vertical IIT in lower-quality products in
case the ratio is below 0.85 (which means that quality of exports is lower than that of
imports).

106

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

Comparison of the size of observed countries used data on annual nominal GDP
expressed by current prices in US dollars (USD), and the estimates of economic
development used data on GDP per capita in US dollars, from a single source for the
entire period – World Economic Outlook Database by the International Monetary
Fund (IMF, 2017).
The trade intensity was calculated as the share of partner country’s market in the
overall foreign trade of the observed country.

TI =

X j +Mj

∑ X j + ∑M j

(10)

TI – trade intensity; Xj – exports of a given country to country „j”; Mj – imports of a
given country from country „j”; ∑Xj – total exports of a given country; ∑Mj – total
imports of a given country;

In economic studies, geographical distance is very often expressed as a direct straightline distance in kilometers between capitals of the observed pair of countries, which
was used in this research as well. The distance between the BH capital and capitals of
its trading partners indirectly “measures” the effects of transport, transaction and
information costs on trade, and on the IIT share.

Data Analysis and Results
Country Characteristics
The analysis of geographic orientation and the volume of export and import flows of
BH reveals that the trade between Croatia and BH is particularly intensive in the
entire period. In the absolute expression, exports gradually grew, and in 2016 were
twice as great as in the beginning of the observed period. Imports from Croatia grew
until 2008, when it began to decrease gradually (Appendix Table 7).
Croatia is the most significant BH trading partner, extremely important both as an
export destination and as a country of import origin. The average share of Croatia in
the foreign trade with BH, i.e. the average intensity of BH trade with Croatia in the
observed period amounts to 15.34%. Almost over the whole period (until 2014)
Croatia was ranked first by its significance for BH imports, although the share of
Croatia began to decrease more significantly after 2009 (e.g. from 18.28% in 2009
to 14.44% in 2012, and 10.02% in 2016) (Appendix Table 3). Croatia is also very
significant for BH as an export market. Over the first seven years of the observed
period Croatia absorbed BH exports more than any other country, and from 2010 it

Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

107

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

was mostly ranked second, after Germany. On the other hand, BH was a significant
export destination for Croatia as well – the average share of BH in Croatian exports
amounts to 13.5%, which ranks BH second, after Italy (Appendix Table 4). The
significance of exports from BH for Croatia is far smaller – the average share of BH
in Croatian imports is only about 3.1%; however, BH is still among the “top ten”
countries of origin in Croatian imports over the most part of the analyzed period,
and the first among CEFTA countries which Croatia imports from.
Geographic proximity and common border of the observed countries undeniable
contribute to mutual trade. For BH, Croatia is the second closest trading partner
(after Serbia 5 ) – distance between Sarajevo and Zagreb equals 291 km (CEPII,
2013). Both countries have the longest shared land border compared to borders with
other neighboring countries: the border between BH and Croatia is over a half
(61%) length of the entire BH border – it is as much as 931 km long6 out of 1,537
km in total (Federal Ministry of Environment and Tourism, 2017). The length of
Croatian land border equals 2,374.9 km; the length of border with BH is almost
twice as long as the border with the other Croatia’s neighbor, Slovenia (Croatian
Bureau of Statistics, 2015).
The common state in the past, special political ties and a similar language and
culture are essential determinants of the overall economic, and therefore trade
relations between BH and Croatia. The common state and the single market have
existed in these regions for over 70 years – roots of the common state date back as
early as to the First World War. Countries that used to be in the common state for a
few decades inevitably share a number of economic, cultural, ethnic and other
features and ties, significant for mutual trade in general, and for IIT in particular.
Two decades ago they had the same official language (Serbocroatian), and the
present Croatian language, which is the official language in the Republic of Croatia
is also one of the official languages in BH, since Croats are one of the three
constituent ethnic groups of BH.
The described elements – common state in the past, geographic proximity and
common border, and political and cultural ties between the two countries – are
certainly significant for the mutual trade, as well as significant prerequisites for closer
economic integration. The history of trade liberalization between BH and Croatia, as
two sovereign states, is almost two decades long. The first free trade agreement
signed by independent BH in March 1995 was an agreement with the Republic of
Croatia. This agreement was valid for the following six years, when it was replaced
by a new one, made under the auspices of the Stability Pact for Southeastern Europe,
and within a network of bilateral free trade agreements in the region. The new

108

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

agreement which established a bilateral free trade area between BH and Croatia was
in force from 1 January 2001 to the point when the two countries became members
of the regional free trade area, the so-called CEFTA 2006 (The Central European
Free Trade Agreement), which further improved free trade.7
The early trade liberalization in the relations between the two countries (from 1995,
i.e. 2001), the two decades of the existence of a free trade area between the two
countries, together with the significant unilateral opening of BH toward the world in
general (over a few years, BH foreign trade coefficient ranged from 84 to 93%8)
points to a potential for a high IIT share in their mutual trade. In the period from
2001 to mid-2013, when Croatia became the EU member-state, the two countries
had the mutual duty-free trade, without quantitative restrictions and other measures
of equivalent effect, which primarily resulted from the bilateral free trade agreement
and, from 2007, from the creation of the regional free trade area. Since 2013, some
trade restrictions in bilateral trade were re-introduced or increased due to Croatia’s
withdrawal from CEFTA in 2006; however, the mutual trade is still liberal to a high
degree.
Measured by the nominal gross domestic product (GDP), Croatia is a three times
economically larger country than BH.9 In the context of IIT analysis, this difference
in the economic size could result in a lower intensity of BH IIT with Croatia than in
the case of countries of approximately same size. However, it should be noted that
the other significant BH trading partners, in economic terms, are countries far larger
than BH – Slovenia and Serbia, same as Croatia, have two to three times larger
economies than BH, while the differences in the size of BH and other trading
partners are extremely great (Appendix Table 1). BH and Croatia also reveal a
certain difference in the level of economic development, although not to the degree
to which the two countries differ from their significant trading partners from the
EU. Croatia had almost three times higher GDP per capita (p/c) than BH over the
entire observed period.10 The average GDP p/c amounted to USD 3,970.6 for BH
and USD 12,469.1 for Croatia while, for instance, the average GDP p/c of Germany
and Austria amounted to USD 41,478.6 and USD 45,020.81 respectively.
(Appendix, Table 2) If we compare gross national product (GNI), or GNP p/c
calculated according to the World Bank Atlas method, we will see that both
countries belong to the group of upper middle income countries11, although Croatia,
as opposed to BH is on the upper limit of the interval in the group (World Bank,
2016).

Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

109

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

Intensity and Trend of Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade
The largest part of trade in goods between BH and Croatia is of the inter-industry
character, while approximately 37% (0.37) on average is the IIT. The average share
of IIT in the trade between BH and Croatia is lower than the average IIT share in
the BH overall trade, which amounts to 45% (Appendix, Table 5). According to the
average IIT intensity measured in the period 2003-2016, Croatia is ranked fourth
among the most significant BH trading partners, after Serbia 12 (0.42), Slovenia
(0.39) and Italy (0.38), and before Austria (0.34) and Germany (0.31) (Appendix,
Table 6). IIT indices in BH trade with larger trading partners over the past few years
were fairly uniform, except for a significant increase of IIT with Austria.
Figure 1: Trend of Intra-Industry Trade of BH with Croatia (G-L Index)
0.70
0.60
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.00
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

IIT - all industries (SITC 0-9)

IIT - manufacturing (SITC 5-8)

Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

However, over the entire observed period, IIT index in the trade with Croatia
showed a moderately increasing trend (except in 2011, when a sharp decrease of a
few percentage points was registered), and significantly increased compared to the
beginning of the period. (Figure 1) From the level of 0.25 in 2003, IIT index
reached the level of 0.45 in the last three years, and thus surpassed all the other
trading partners except Austria (Appendix, Table 6). IIT indices in the
manufacturing industry products show even more prominent rising trend,
particularly after 2011.
The analysis of the manufacturing industry only (sectors SITC 5-8) reveals that the
share of BH IIT with Croatia is by 10 percentage points higher – 0.47 on average

110

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

over the observed period, which is expected due to a few times empirically proven
claim that IIT is larger in the trade of manufacturing industry products than in the
products of resource-based industries or in agricultural products.
Both in the case of the index of BH IIT with Croatia by years and as an average for a
given period, both for all industries and for manufacturing industry only, the
prevalence of inter-industry trade is always evident. The situation changes only if the
standard aggregate G-L index is replaced with the index corrected for trade
imbalance – the IIT index value then enters the zone of weaker intra-industry
tendencies.
Since it has been proven that trade imbalance results in the underestimate of the IIT
degree calculated using the G-L index, and that in its trade with Croatia BH registers
a significant trade deficit every year (BH imports from Croatia exceeded BH exports
to the country for a number of years13), it is reasonable to assume a negative impact
of trade imbalance on the measured IIT share. Compared to other significant BH
trading partners, the use of correction for trade imbalance is most justified in case of
its trade with Croatia. Although Croatia is the most significant foreign trade partner
of BH, it is in the trade with this country that almost the lowest import coverage by
exports is registered compared to the other significant partners 14 . After 2010 15 ,
import coverage by exports with Croatia mostly ranged between 52 and 55% (except
for 60% in 2016)16, as opposed to the trade with Austria, where it amounted to over
90% in the same period (even to 142% in 2014), with Slovenia also over 90% after
2012 (97% in 2015), with Germany and Italy to over 70% (MOFTER, 2011, 2013,
2015, 2016, 2017)17.
The repeated measurement of IIT with correcting the trade imbalance (using the socalled corrected or adjusted G-L index at the aggregate level) resulted in indices that
were by 14-25 percentage points higher and that, except in 2006, entered the area of
dominant (though less intensive) IIT. The average of corrected G-L index for the
observed period amounted to 0.5718 (Table 1).
Table 1: Intra-Industry Trade of BH with Croatia
IIT Share 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 Aver.
Standard
0.25 0.26 0.31 0.29 0.31 0.33 0.37 0.45 0.40 0.43 0.43 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.37
G-L index
Corrected
0.57 0.50 0.53 0.43 0.51 0.56 0.62 0.66 0.58 0.62 0.57 0.66 0.62 0.60 0.57
G-L index

Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

111

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

In the period after Croatia’s accession to the EU, which implied a somewhat
changed foreign trade regime, no significant changes regarding the IIT index were
observed. In 2014, the increasing trend of IIT continued, while by 2016 stagnation
in the overall IIT and a slight increase (1-2 percentage points) of the manufacturing
industry IIT were observed.
IIT analysis by industries defined as SITC divisions showed the dominance of interindustry trade in over two-thirds of the total number of industries which registered
trade with Croatia. However, the number of industries with very low G-L indices
0≤GL≤0.25 (industries with prominent dominance of inter-industry trade)
significantly decreased over the observed period, while the number of industries in
the category of highest G-L indices (extremely intensive IIT) slightly increased
(Figure 2).
Figure 2: Number of Product Groups by G-L Index
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

0.00-0.25

0.26-0.50

0.51-0.75

0.76-1.00

Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

Generally viewed, the number of industries where IIT prevails (GL&gt;0.50) gradually
increased. In 2003, it amounted to 19, while over the last few years (starting from
2009) it ranged in the interval between 24 and 28. Besides, after 2009 the number of
industries in the category with lowest G-L indices (0≤GL≤0.10) – decreased
significantly – from 20 product groups in the beginning of the period to 12 at the
end of the period (Appendix, Table 8).
The analysis of relative unit values of exports and imports for the purpose of
differentiating vertical from horizontal IIT revealed a weak presence of horizontal
IIT, which serves as an indicator of convergence of the observed economies.
112

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

Horizontal IIT was observed in a small number of industries – the number mostly
ranged between 7 and 10 industries out of total 63-6519, except in 2013 and 2014,
when it increased to 14 and 15 industries respectively (Table 2).
Table 2: Number of Product Groups, by Dominant IIT Type
IIT type
HIIT
VIITh
VIITl
noRUV20
Total

Number of Product Groups
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
7
13
10
9
7
11
6
8
8
9
14
15
9
10
17
14
6
16
10
9
14
12
12
12
9
9
13
10
35
35
43
36
44
42
40
40
41
40
37
34
35
38
4
3
5
3
3
2
3
4
3
2
5
6
6
5
63
65
64
64
64
64
63
64
64
63
65
64
63
63

Legend: HIIT – horizontal IIT; VIITh – vertical IIT with high quality export of BH; VIITl – vertical IIT with low
quality export of BH; RUV – relative unit value;

Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

In more than ¾ of the total number of industries which BH and Croatia trade in,
the vertical type of IIT is encountered, mostly with exports of lower-quality products
from BH. This phenomenon typically occurs in the trade of countries which differ
by size and development more than BH and Croatia do.

Discussion and Policy Implications
In general, the paper contributes to empirical research of IIT in transition countries,
especially because of its focus on South East European countries – research of IIT of
these countries still are lacked in the empirical literature. More concretely, the
research results are of a special interest for BH in the context of the country's trade
relations with its main trading partners and the future EU membership. Results of
analysis of IIT trend and pattern serve both as an indicator of sectoral similarity of
observed economies and for approximation of intensity of factor-market adjustment
pressures caused by trade expansion and economic integration.
The research indicates a continuous growth in IIT between BH and Croatia
suggesting the process of structural converegence – given economies have become
more similar in terms of their sectoral structure. However, the observed relatively
low intensity of IIT associated with prevalence of vertical IIT with BH low quality
exports indicates weaker structural convergence than expected in case of similar
countries. More quality advantages of Croatia suggest the need to develop sectoral
policies in BH aiming at increase in product quality level and technological intensity.
Among others, attracting of foreign direct investment to BH manufacturing sector
could contribute to reduction in quality and technological differences between
countries and changing trade structure toward horizontal IIT. Adequate sectoral
Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

113

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

policies will lead to catching-up not only with Croatia than also with some other EU
members that are more different from BH in terms of their size, income per capita
and other characteristics. Because of less mobile production factors within vertical
differentiated industries than in horizontal ones (Brülhart and Elliott, 2002),
dominancy of vertical IIT does not speak in favor of so called “smoothy-adjustment
hypothesis”21. In case of a deeper economic integration it is expected that vertical IIT
will have more implications on adjustment process in terms of higher economic and
social costs.

Conclusion
Based on the three-decade-long theoretical and empirical research into IIT, certain
regularities were observed regarding relationship between some country
characteristics and this phenomenon. In general, the literature indicates that
similarity between countries in size and level of economic development, intensive
mutual trading, geographic proximity, existence of common border, economic
integration, as well as similarity of culture and language, result in greater mutual IIT,
particularly of horizontal type (Brkić, 2012).
The analysis of IIT of BH with Croatia for the period 2003-2016 revealed a trade
pattern which is not fully consistent with the described theoretical theses on IIT
between countries with given characteristics. This is a case of neighboring countries
with strong mutual historical, economic, political and cultural ties, countries which
were tied with a free trade agreement for two decades, seven years out of which
within the same regional integration, due to which they have been intensely trading
with each other for a long period of time, and transition countries with no
significantly different macroeconomic performance. Therefore, the existence of
intensive and growing mutual IIT was assumed compared to IIT with other
significant trading partners (except for Serbia, which also has a few similarities to
BH), with a greater presence of horizontal IIT.
However, the research identified BH foreign trade with Croatia as primarily interindustry one, both at the aggregate and sectoral level (in most industries that register
the mutual trade), except in the analysis of manufacturing industry only over the last
four years. In the same time, most industries showed the dominant vertical type of
IIT. The measured IIT shares in the trade with Croatia become more significant
when compared with IIT shares in BH trade with other important trading partners
and with the world, as well as in case of index correction for trade imbalance.
Actually, the dominance of inter-industry trade was also discovered in BH trade with
other important partners, with IIT indices in the trade with Croatia being among

114

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

the highest (after Austria) over the last few years, due to the continuously rising
trend. The explanation of a lower IIT level with Croatia than expected is also helped
by the existence of prominent bilateral trade imbalance. The use of corrected IIT
indices at the aggregate level identified a turning point in the direction of slight IIT
dominance in BH trade with Croatia since 2007.
The used methodology does not allow the determination of the impact of individual
characteristics of given countries on their mutual IIT. However, if we understand
IIT as an indicator of an economy’s competitiveness and its convergence with other
countries’ economies, an explanation of what seems to be an insufficient consistency
between empirical findings and the theoretical assumption on IIT of countries with
certain characteristics, could be probably found in unsatisfactory competitiveness of
BH economy in general and its insufficient convergence with Croatian economy in
particular.

References
Agency for Statistics of BH (2017). Statistic database. Retrieved from
http://www.bhas.gov.ba/index.php?option=com_publikacija&amp;view=publikacija_preg
led&amp;ids=2&amp;id=7&amp;n=Vanjska%20trgovina
Amiti, M. &amp; Anthony J. V. (2002). The Geography of Intra-Industry Trade. In:
Lloyd, P. J. &amp; Lee, H.-H. (Eds.). (2002). Frontiers of Research in Intra-Industry
Trade. Hampshire and New York: Palgrave Macmillan Ltd., 87-106
Aquino, A. (1978). Intra-Industry Trade and Intra-Industry Specialisation as
Concurrent Sources of International Trade in Manufactures. Tübingen.
Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, 114(2), 275-295
Balassa, B. (1966). Tariff Reductions and Trade in Manufactures among Industrial
Countries. American Economic Review, 56 (June), 466-473
Balassa, B. (1967). Trade Liberalization among Industrial Countries: Objectives and
Alternatives. New York: McGraw-Hill
Balassa, B. (1979). Intra-Industry Trade and Integration of Developing Countries in
the World Economy. World Bank Staff Working Paper, 312
Balassa, B. (1986a). Intra-Industry Specialisation: A Cross-Country Analysis.
European Economic Review, 30, 27-42
Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

115

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

Balassa, B. (1986b). IIT among Exporters of Manufactured Goods. In: Greenaway,
D. &amp;. Tharakan P. K. M. (Eds.). (1986). Imperfect Competition and International
Trade. Brighton: Wheatshef
Balassa, B. (1986c). The Determinants of Intra-Industry Specialization in United
States Trade. Oxford Economic Papers. New Series, 38(2), 220-233
Balassa, B. &amp; Bauwens, L. (1987). Intra-Industry Specialisation in a Multi-Country
and Multi-Industry Framework. The Economic Journal, 97, 923-939
Bergstrand, J. H. (1983). Measurement and Determinants of Intra-Industry
International Trade. In: Tharakan, P. K. M. (Ed.). (1983). Intra-Industry Trade:
Empirical and Methodological Aspects. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publisher, 202235
Bergstrand, J. H. (1989). The Generalized Gravity Equation, Monopolistic
Competition, and the Factor-Proportions Theory in International Trade. Review of
Economics and Statistics, 71, 143-153, DOI: 10.2307/1928061
Bergstrand, J. H. (1990). The Heckscher-Ohlin-Samuelson Model, the Linder
Hypothesis and the Determinants of Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade. The Economic
Journal, 100
Brkić, S. (2012). Intra-industry Trade: Theoretical and Empirical Aspects. Sarajevo:
School of Economics and Business University of Sarajevo
Brkić, S. (2010). Determination of Intra-Industry Trade: Impact of CountrySpecific Characteristics. Sarajevo Business and Economics Review, 30, 516-541
Brülhart, M. (1994). Marginal Intra-Industry Trade: Measurement and Relevance
for Pattern of Industrial Adjustment. Tübingen: Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, 130(3),
600-613
Brülhart, M. (2008). An Account of Global Intra-Industry Trade, 1962-2006.
Research Paper Series on Globalization, Productivity and Technology, 2008/08,
Nottingham: University of Nottingham

116

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

Brülhart, M. &amp; Elliott, R. J. R. (1998). Adjustment to the European Single Market:
Inferences from Intra-Industry Trade Patterns. Journal of Economic Studies, 25(3),
225-247
Brülhart, M. &amp; Elliott, R. J. R. (2002). Labour-Market Effects of Intra-Industry
Trade: Evidence for the United Kingdom. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, 138(2), 207–
228
Caves, R. E. (1981). Intra-Industry Trade and Market Structure in the Industrial
Countries. Oxford Economic Papers, 33(2), 203-223
Centre d’études prospectives et d’informations internationales – CEPII. (2013).
Distance Database. Retrieved from
http://www.cepii.fr/anglaisgraph/bdd/distances.htm
Croatian Bureau of Statistics. (2015). Statistical Yearbook 2015. Retrieved from
https://www.dzs.hr/hrv_eng/ljetopis/2015/sljh2015.pdf
Croatian Bureau of Statistics. (2016). PC-Axis Database: Foreign Trade in Goods
2010-2012 and 2013-2016. Retrieved from https://www.dzs.hr/default.htm
Culem, C. G. &amp; Lundberg, L. (1986). The Product Pattern of Intra-Industry Trade:
Stability among Countries and Over Time. Review of World Economics,12(1), 113130
Davis, D. R. (1995). Intra-Industry Trade: A Heckscher-Ohlin-Ricardo Approach.
Journal of International Economics, 39, 201-226
Drabek, Z. &amp; Greenaway, D. (1984). Economic Integration and Intra-Industry
Trade: The EEC and CMEA Compared. Kyklos, 37(3), 444-469
Durkin, J. T. Jr. &amp; Krygier, M. (2000). Differences in GDP Per Capita and the
Share of Intraindustry Trade: The Role of Vertically Differentiated Trade. Review of
International Economics, 8(4), 760-774
Eaton, J. &amp; Kierzkowski, H. (1984). Oligopolistic Competition, Product Variety,
and International Trade. In: Kierzkowski, H. (Ed.). (1984). Monopolistic
Competition and International Trade. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 69-83

Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

117

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

Falvey, R. E. (1981). Commercial Policy and Intra-Industry Trade. Journal of
International Economics, 11(4), 495-511
Falvey, R. E. &amp; Kierzkowski, H. (1987). Product Quality, Intra-Industry Trade and
(Im)Perfect Competition. In: Kierzkowski, H. (Ed.). (1987). Protection and
Competition in International Trade. Essays in Honor of W. M. Corden. Oxford:
Blackwell, 143-161
Federal Ministry of Environment and Tourism (2017) General Data. Retrieved from
http://www.fmoit.gov.ba/bh_chm/osnovni_podaci_o_BiH.pdf
Flam, H. &amp; Helpman, E. (1987). Vertical Product Differentiation and North-South
Trade. American Economic Review,77(5), 810-822
Glejser, H., Gossens, K. &amp; Eede, V. (1982). Inter-Industry versus Intra-Industry
Specialization in Exports and Imports. Journal of International Economics, 12, 363369
Greenaway, D. (1987). Intra-Industry Trade, Intra-Firm Trade and European
Integration: Evidence, Gains and Policy Aspects. Journal of Common Market Studies,
XXVI (2)
Greenaway, D., Hine, R., &amp; Milner, Ch. (1995). Vertical and Horizontal IntraIndustry Trade: A Cross Industry Analysis for The United Kingdom. The Economic
Journal, 105, 1505-1518
Grubel, H. &amp; Llyod, P. J. (1971). The Empirical Measurement in Intra-Industry
Trade. The Economic Record, 47(120), 494-517
Grubel, H. &amp; Lloyd, P. J. (1975). Intra-Industry Trade: The Theory and Measurement
of International Trade in Differentiated Products. London: The Macmillan Press
Guell, R. C. and Richard, D. G. (1998). Regional Integration and Intra-Industry
Trade in Latin America, 1980-90. International Review of Applied Economics, 12(2),
283-300
Hamilton, C. &amp; Kniest, P. (1991). Trade Liberalization, Structural Adjustment and
Intra-Industry Trade: A Note. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, 127, 365-367

118

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

Harrigan, J. (1994). OECD Imports and Trade Barriers in 1983. Journal of
International Economics, Elsevier, 35(1-2), 91-111
Harrigan, J. (1996). Openness to Trade in Manufactures in the OECD. Journal of
International Economics, Elsevier, 40(1-2), 23-29
Havrylyshyn, O. &amp; Civan, E. (1983). Intra-Industry Trade and the Stage of
Development: A Regression Analysis of Industrial and Developing Countries. In:
Tharakan, P. K. M. (Ed.) (1983). Intra-Industry Trade: Empirical and Methodological
Aspects. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 111-140
Havrylyshyn, O. &amp; Kunzel, P. (1997). Intra-Industry Trade of Arab Countries: An
Indicator of Potential Competitiveness. IMF Working Paper
Helpman, E. (1981). International Trade in the Presence of Product Differentiation,
Economies of Scale and Monopolistic Competition: A Chamberlin-HeckscherOhlin Approach. Journal of International Economics, Elsevier, 11 (3), 305-340
Helpman, E. (1987). Imperfect Competition and International Trade: Evidence
from Fourteen Industrial Countries. Journal of the Japanese and International
Economies, 1, 62-81
Helpman, E. &amp; Krugman, P.R. (1985). Market Structure and Foreign Trade (8th ed).
Cambridge: The MIT Press
Hummels, D. &amp; Levinsohn, J. (1995). Monopolistic Competition and International
Trade: Reconsidering the Evidence. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 110(3), 799836
International Monetary Fund (IMF) (2017). World Economic Outlook Database.
April 2017 Edition. Retrieved from
http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2017/01/weodata/index.aspx
Jambor, A. &amp; Torok, A. (2013). Intra-Industry Agri-Food Trade of the Baltic
Countries. Paper presented at the 87th Annual Conference of the Agricultural
Economics
Society,
University
of
Warwick.
Retrieved
from
https://ageconsearch.umn.edu/bitstream/158684/2/Attila_Jambor_Jambor_Torok_
Warwick.pdf
Kandogan, Y. (2003). Intra-Industry Trade of Transition Countries: Trends and
Determinants. William Davidson Working Paper, 566
Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

119

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

Krugman, P. R. (1979). Increasing Returns, Monopolistic Competition and
International Trade. Journal of International Economics, 9(4), 469-479
Krugman, P. R. (1980). Scale Economies, Product Differentiation, and the Patterns
of Trade. American Economic Review, 70, 950-959
Lancaster, K. (1980). Intra-Industry Trade Under Perfect
Competition. Journal of International Economics, 10(2), 151-175

Monopolistic

Leamer, E. E. (1988). Measures of Openness. NBER Chapters in: Trade, Policy
Issues and Empirical Analysis. National Bureau of Economic Research Inc., 145-204
Lee, H.-H. &amp; Sohn, Ch.-H. (2005). South Korea’s Marginal Intra-Industry Trade
and the Choice of Preferential Partners. Asian Economic Papers, 3(3), 94-116
Linder, S. B. (1961). An Essay on Trade and Transformation. New York: John Wiley
&amp; Sons
Loertscher, R. &amp; Wolter, F. (1980). Determinants of Intra-Industry Trade: Among
Countries and Across Industries. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, 116, 280-293
Manger, M. (2015). PTA Design, Tariffs and Intra-Industry Trade. In: Dür, A. &amp;
Elsig, M. (Eds.). (2015). Trade Cooperation: The Purpose, Design and Effects of
Preferential Trade Agreements. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 195–217
Matthews, K. (1998). Intra-Industry Trade: An Australian Panel Study. Journal of
Economic Studies, 25(2), 84-97
Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Relations of BH (MOFTER) (2011).
Analysis
of
Foreign
Trade
of
BH
for
2010.
Retrieved
from
http://www.mvteo.gov.ba/izvjestaji_publikacije/izvjestaji/default.aspx?id=3332&amp;lang
Tag=bs-BA
Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Relations of BH (MOFTER) (2013).
Analysis
of
Foreign
Trade
of
BH
for
2012.
Retrieved
from
http://www.mvteo.gov.ba/izvjestaji_publikacije/izvjestaji/default.aspx?id=5477&amp;lang
Tag=bs-BA

120

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade
of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Relations of BH (MOFTER) (2015).
Analysis
of
Foreign
Trade
of
BH
for
2014.
Retrieved
from
http://www.mvteo.gov.ba/izvjestaji_publikacije/izvjestaji/Archive.aspx?langTag=bsBA&amp;template_id=96&amp;pageIndex=2
Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Relations of BH (MOFTER) (2016).
Analysis
of
Foreign
Trade
of
BH
for
2015.
Retrieved
from
http://www.mvteo.gov.ba/izvjestaji_publikacije/izvjestaji/default.aspx?id=7897&amp;lang
Tag=bs-BA
Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Relations of BH (MOFTER) (2017).
Analysis
of
Foreign
Trade
of
BH
for
2016.
Retrieved
from
http://www.mvteo.gov.ba/izvjestaji_publikacije/izvjestaji/default.aspx?id=8622&amp;lang
Tag=bs-BA
Nilsson, L. (1999). Two-Way Trade between Unequal Partners: The EU and the
Developing Countries. Review of World Economics, 135(1), 102–127
Pagoulatos, E. &amp; Sorensen, R. (1975). Two-way International trade: An
Econometric Analysis. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, 111(3), 454-465
Rauch, J. E. (1999). Networks versus Markets in International Trade. Journal of
International Economics, 48, 7-35
Shaked, A. &amp; Sutton, J. (1984). Natural Oligopolies and International Trade. In:
Kierzkowski, H. (Ed.). (1984). Monopolistic Competition and International Trade.
Oxford: Oxford University Press, 34-50
Sharma, K. (2000). The Pattern and Determinants of Intra-Industry Trade in
Australian Manufacturing. The Australian Economic Review, 33(3), 245-255
Sharma, K. (2002). How Important Is the Processed Food in Intra-Industry Trade?
The Australian Experience. Journal of Economic Studies, 29 (2/3), 121-130
Sharma, K. (2004). Horizontal and Vertical Intra-Industry Trade in Australian
Manufacturing: Does Trade Liberalization Have Any Impact? Applied Economics, 36,
1723 -1730
Stone, J. A. &amp; Lee, H.-H. (1995). Determinants of Intra-Industry Trade: A
Longitudinal, Cross-Country Analysis. Review of World Economics, 133(1), 67-83
Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

121

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

Torstensson, J. (1996). Can Factor Proportions Explain Vertical Intra-Industry
Trade? Applied Economic Letters, 3(5), 307-309
Venables, A. J., Rice, P. G., &amp; Stewart, M. (2003). The Geography of Intra-Industry
Trade: Empirics. Topics in Economic Analysis &amp; Policy, 3(1), 1-23
Veeramani, C. (2009). Trade Barriers, Multinational Involvement and IntraIndustry Trade: Panel Data Evidence from India. Applied Economics (Routledge), 41,
20, 2541-2553
Vernon, R. (1966). International Investment and International Trade in the Product
Cycle. The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 80(2): 190–207. DOI: 10.2307/1880689
World Bank. (2016). Data: World Bank Country and Lending Groups. Retrieved
from https://datahelpdesk.worldbank.org/knowledgebase/articles/906519.

122

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�2003
2,197.1
32,176.9
8,048.9
30,785.6
27,527.4
14,906.0
2,836.5

2004
2,611.8
36,754.6
9,365.6
34,657.5
31,319.7
17,282.6
3,315.3

2005
2,789.9
38,319.4
10,224.2
35,239.9
32,066.4
18,222.6
3,504.3

2006
3,178.9
40,469.9
11,359.5
37,020.4
33,486.0
19,777.1
4,145.0

Gross domestic product per capita (GDP p/c), in USD
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
3,912.4 4,784.5 4,508.2 4,404.4 4,788.8 4,430.5
46,652.9 51,629.7 47,785.6 46,757.1 51,192.6 48,381.4
13,544.0 15,889.1 14,142.3 13,505.0 14,538.0 13,234.7
42,531.4 46,681.1 42,576.3 42,641.7 46,853.2 44,089.7
37,890.2 40,953.9 37,130.2 35,969.2 38,379.3 34,918.7
23,959.2 27,784.0 24,785.1 23,499.6 25,040.5 22,517.1
5,486.5 6,689.0 5,820.5 5,353.6 6,424.0 5,656.3

Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

Source: Prepared by the author on the basis of IMF World Economic Outlook Database (2017)

Country
BH
Austria
Croatia
Germany
Italy
Slovenia
Serbia

Table 2: Gross Domestic Product Per Capita of BH and Its Most Important Trading Partners

Source: Prepared by author on the basis of IMF World Economic Outlook Database (2017)

2013
4,681.9
50,533.3
13,573.7
46,545.1
35,706.6
23,170.3
6,351.7

2014
4,784.8
51,390.0
13,468.7
47,978.6
35,456.7
24,069.3
6,199.1

2015
4,206.7
43,749.6
11,578.5
41,197.4
30,032.1
20,746.9
5,244.3

123

2016
4,308.2
44,498.4
12,095.5
41,902.3
30,507.2
21,320.2
5,376.3

Gross domestic product (GDP), in billion USD
Country 2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
BH
8.48
10.16
10.94
12.46
15.32
18.71
17.60
17.16
18.63
17.21
18.16
18.52
16.25
16.61
Austria 261.22 300.26 315.19 334.60 386.00 429.64 398.60 390.94 429.43 407.68 428.38 439.07 377.16 386.75
Croatia 34.66
41.57
45.42
50.44
60.08
70.45
62.64
59.67
62.24
56.49
57.77
57.08
48.68
50.44
Germany 2,510.53 2,823.07 2,866.31 3,005.08 3,444.72 3,770.15 3,426.67 3,423.47 3,761.14 3,545.95 3,753.69 3,885.44 3,365.29 3,466.64
Italy 1,572.65 1,800.76 1,855.83 1,944.34 2,206.11 2,402.06 2,190.70 2,129.02 2,278.38 2,073.97 2,131.16 2,155.15 1,825.82 1,850.74
Slovenia 29.74
34.50
36.40
39.62
48.17
55.85
50.37
48.10
51.34
46.28
47.70
49.61
42.80
44.01
Serbia
21.22
24.74
26.08
30.72
40.50
49.17
42.61
39.04
46.49
40.73
45.52
44.21
37.16
37.75

Table 1: Gross Domestic Product of BH and Its Most Important Trading Partners

Appendix

Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

�2003
17.87
1
18.27
1
18.12

2004
20.15
1
18.40
1
18.83

2005
20.50
1
16.87
1
17.79

2006
18.69
1
17.10
1
17.59

2007
18.36
1
17.78
1
17.96

2008
17.24
1
17.06
1
17.11

2009
17.07
1
18.28
1
17.90

14.38
2.10
6,11

1.62
5.44

2004

13.91

2003

2.44
6.25

14.32

2005

2.79
5.99

12.63

2006

2.84
6.59

14.41

2007

2.67
6.66

15.32

2008

2.67
6.04

12.83

2009

0.26

0.40

0.25

0.39

2004
0.32

0.44

0.31

2005
0.36

0.42

0.29

2006
0.44

0.44

0.31

2007
0.46

0.44

0.33

2008
0.46

124

3.05
6.22

11.61

0.50

0.37

0.46

0.45

2011

0.46

0.43

2012
0,50

3.34
6.64

12.24

2011

14.65
2
14.47
1
14.53

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

0.44

0.40

IIT Share (G-L Index)
2009
2010
2011
0.45
0.49
0.49

Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

IIT with Croatia, all
industries (SITC 09)
IIT with Croatia –
manufacturing
(SITC 5-8)

IIT with the world

2003
0.30

Table 5: Intra-industry Trade of BH with the World and with Croatia

2010
15.09
2
15.12
1
15.11

2010

Source: Author's own work based on data of Croatian Bureau of Statistics (2016)

Share of BH in Croatian
export %
Share of BH in Croatian
import %
Trade Intensity

Table 4: Trade Intensity of Croatia in Trade with BH

Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

Share of Croatia in BH export,%
Rank of Croatia in BH export
Share of Croatia in BH import,%
Rank of Croatia in BH import
Trade intensity

Table 3: Trade Intensity of BH in Trade with Croatia

Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

2012

6.95

3.50

2013

0.50

0.43

6.72

3.52

12.23

2013

14.25
2
12.90
1
13.38

2013
0.50

12.76

2012

14.83
2
14.44
1
14.57

2014

0.55

0.45

2014
0.50

6.12

2.69

11.80

2014

11.00
3
11.43
2
11.28

2015

0.57

0.45

2015
0.53

5.39

2.68

9.73

2015

10.29
3
10.56
4
10.46

2016

0.58

0.45

2016
0.54

5.29

2.91

9.09

2016

10.46
3
10.02
4
10.19

0.47

0.37

Average
0.45

3.11
6.19

11.31

Average

15.75
1
15.19
1
15.34

Average

�0.21
0.26
0.27

0.13
0.25
0.29

0.36
0.19
0.42

Country
Austria
Croatia
Germany

Italia
Slovenia
Serbia

0.32
0.30
0.42

0.23
0.31
0.28

2005

0.39
0.33
0.47

0.28
0.29
0.29

2006

0.36
0.44
0.50

0.31
0.31
0.29

2007

0.37
0.44
0.50

0.35
0.33
0.29

2008

0.41
0.44
0.41

0.37
0.37
0.28

2009

44.51%

41.61%

41.81%

-671.80

Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

52.00%

-505.32

53.62%

-532.74

52.89%

-530.48

61.06%

-389.47

51.58%

-458.44

-829.87

595.66

2014

0.38
0.46
0.37

0.47
0.45
0.34

2015

-694.89

615.82

2013

0.39
0.47
0.40

0.43
0.45
0.34

2014

946.75

547.40

2012

0.37
0.43
0.44

0.36
0.43
0.35

2013

1,252.26 1,421.35 1,154.53 1,052.72 1,148.56 1,126.14 1,000.28

482.73

2011

0.41
0.44
0.41

0.38
0.43
0.35

2012

488.31

591.48

557.37

2009

0.41
0.45
0.37

0.37
0.40
0.32

2011

610.81

2008

2007

Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

2003
2004
2005
2006
Exports to
Croatia, mil EUR
218.64 310.37 396.45 493.53
Imports from
Croatia, mil EUR
779.58 885.31 964.51 995.44
Trade balance,
mil EUR
-560.94 -574.93 -568.05 -501.91
Export/import
28.05% 35.06% 41.10%
49.58%
coverage %

Table 7: Trade Balance of BH with Croatia
2010

0.42
0.43
0.39

0.35
0.45
0.33

2010

IIT Share (G-L Index)

Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

0.35
0.24
0.40

2004

2003

Table 6: Intra-industry Trade of BH with Its Most Important Trading Partners

55.29%

-382.44

855.47

473.03

2015

0.34
0.44
0.40

0.50
0.45
0.36

2016

125

60.91%

-323.31

827.11

503.81

2016

0.38
0.39
0.42

0.34
0.37
0.31

Average

Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade of Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia	&#13;  

�2004

31
/16
14
11
9
65

2003

35
/20
10
11
8
63

28
/17
16
11
9
64

2005
26
/19
16
14
8
64

2006
30
/16
14
11
9
64

2007
29
/16
14
10
11
64

2008
21
/12
16
14
12
63

20
/13
19
13
12
64

23
/14
17
13
11
64

20
/13
16
11
16
63

Number of Product Groups
2009
2010
2011
2012
22
/14
15
11
17
65

2013
22
/13
15
15
12
64

2014
21
/14
16
11
15
63

2015

126

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

Note: Second number in every cell of the first row (after slash) indicates the number of product groups with 0≤GL≤0.10.
Source: Author's own work based on data of Agency for Statistics of BH (2017)

0.26-0.50
0.51-0.75
0.76-1.00
Total

Interval
GL
0.00-0.25

Table 8: Number of Product Groups, by G-L Index

Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

21
/12
17
13
12
63

2016

25
/15
15
12
12

Av.

�Journal of Economic and Social Studies

	&#13;  
	&#13;  
	&#13;  
	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;   	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  
1

	&#13;  Empirical studies of IIT typically use industry definitions at a three-digit SITC level, since
it is believed that it is a category closest to the economic definition of industry. However,
reliable data at this aggregation level were not available for BH trade with Croatia in the
BH national statistics over a long time period (all until 2008). Using and combining data
from other sources (other countries' statistics, international organizations and groups'
databases) would affect the reliability and comparability of input „values“in the analysis
and the validity of obtained results.
2
The inclusion of data from the period before 2003 into the analysis would mean using data
collected and processed by means of different methodologies in BH entities, or combining
data from international sources. Since 2003, due to the adoption of appropriate legal
documents, it has been possible to merge data on BH foreign trade at a country level, i.e.
to collect and express them according to the unique methodology for both BH entities
(The Federation of Bosnia and Hercegovina and the Republic of Srpska), and the Brčko
District.
3
Balassa (1986a, 1986c)
4
A significant part of IIT in the world pertains to differentiated products for the purchase of
which, as opposed to the purchase of standardized products, it is essential that buyers are
well informed on varieties' characteristics. Greater proximity leads to an increase in
informartion availability – contacts between companies, and between companies and
consumers intensify, and thus lower the costs of providing information to buyers, facilitate
trade and make it less expensive (Brkić, 2010).
5
Distance between Sarajevo and Belgrade equals 193 km, between Sarajevo and Vienna 510
km, between Sarajevo and Ljubljana 395 km, between Sarajevo and Rome 532 km, and
between Sarajevo and Berlin 1,033 km (CEPII, 2013).
6
According to the Croatian Bureau of Statistics (2015), the length of land border between
Croatia and BH, including borders on rivers, amounts to 1,011.4 km.
7
CEFTA agreement was signed on 19.12.2006. Croatia became its member in 2006, and
BH in 2007 (BH ratified the Agreement on 27.09.2007).
8
Trade coefficient is calculated as a share of foreign trade of a given country in its GDP.
9
In the beginning of the analyzed period, Croatian GDP was four times higher than BH
GDP, so that the difference decreased in the meantime.
10
In 2003, Croatian GDP p/c amounted to USD 8,048.9 compared to USD 2,197.1 in BH,
while in 2016 it amounted to USD 12,095.5 compared to 4,308.2 in BH (Appendix,
Table 1).
11
Countries of this group have incomes p/c between USD 3,956 and USD 12,235 for 2016.
12
Until 2014, IIT index pertains to Serbia and Montenegro together, since the two countries
were in a state union at the time.
13
Appendix, Table 7.
14
Except for Serbia. According to the analyses of the Ministry of Foreign Trade and
Economic Relations of BH, import coverage by exports in the trade with Serbia decreased
to approximately 50% after 2010 and 2011, when it amounted to over 60%.
Volume 7 | Issue 2 |

127

�Snježana Brkić	&#13;  

	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;   	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;   	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;   	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  	&#13;  
15

Before 2010, it typically amounted to approximately 41% (Appendix, Table 7).
Appendix, Table 7.
17
Data from publications on analysis of BH foreign trade issued by Ministry of Foreign
Trade and Economic Relations of Bosnia and Herzegovina in the following years; 2011,
2013, 2015, 2016, 2017.
18
These results are usually not taken as completely accurate, due to certain weaknesses of the
use of corrected G-L index. It is however irrefutable that due to the trade imbalance in the
mutual trade of these countries, the IIT share is to a degree underestimated.
19
According to parameter ±0.15.
20
Note: „no RUV “means that RUV could not be calculated because of one-way trade i.e.
only export or only import registered in a given industry.
16

21

“Smooth-adjustment hypothesis” refers to realocation of production factors (labour and
capital) between different product lines within a given sector rather than between sectors.
Adjustment in terms of temporary unemployment and wage disparities is “smoothy” if
expanding product lines and declining product lines belong to the same sector (Brülhart &amp;
Elliot, 1998).	&#13;  

	&#13;  

128

Journal of Economic and Social Studies

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="913">
                <text>3755</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="914">
                <text>Bilateral Intra-Industry Trade in Country  Characteristics Context: The Case Study of Trade of  Bosnia and Herzegovina with Croatia</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="915">
                <text>Brkić, Snježana</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="916">
                <text>Abstract: The paper focuses primarily on intra-industry trade (IIT)  which is researched in the context of country-specific characteristics. A  three-decade-long academic research of IIT phenomena suggests that IIT  is likely to be more intensive and mostly of horizontal type between  countries that are at a similar stage of economic development, with the  same level of trade openness and with intensive and significantly  liberalized mutual trade. Geographical proximity of countries, especially  their common border, as well as their similarities in some non-economic  characteristics such as history, culture, language, also contribute to IIT  intensity. Bosnia and Herzegovina (BH) and Croatia match most of  these criteria for intensive and increasing IIT. The aim of the research is  to check aforementioned thesis on IIT on a case study of BH in its trade  with Croatia over the period from 2003 till 2016. Research is focused  on IIT characteristics – intensity, trend and structure, both at aggregate  level (based on calculating corrected and uncorrected Grubel-Lloyd  indices) and at division level of Standard International Trade  Classification – SITC (based on calculating standard Grubel-Lloyd  index and relative unit values of export and import). The research  findings indicate a continuously rising, although lower than expected,  intensity of IIT, taking into account similarities between given countries  in comparison with other important trading partners of BH and taking  into account a high level of data aggregation. In BH trade with Croatia  inter-industry trade still prevails while high intensive IIT appears in a  very low number of product groups, coupled with the dominance of  vertical IIT. However,at the same time a growing trend and a  significant increase of IIT intensity in trade with Croatia have been  identified.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="917">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="918">
                <text>2018</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="919">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="98">
            <name>DOI</name>
            <description>Digital object identifier</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="920">
                <text>doi: "10.14706/JECOSS17726 "     </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="921">
                <text>ISSN 1986-8499, </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="11">
        <name>H Social Sciences (General),HB Economic Theory</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="1329" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="1543">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/43ddd9d5e2b2f6a6c07878a469cc2a0d.docx</src>
        <authentication>fa1722e477275617d7f8c4ec6e4de409</authentication>
      </file>
      <file fileId="1544">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/a2914f83054db12c9b5e1b7aeaf970dc.pdf</src>
        <authentication>65f7cc1976d2ade1f54a490c548dc60f</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="10459">
                    <text>BİLGE KARASU’NUN USTA BENİ ÖLDÜRSEN E! ADLI HİKÂYESİNİN İSİM
İÇERİK BAĞLAMINDA DEĞERLENDİRİLMESİ
Burak ARMAĞAN
Ağrı İbrahim Çeçen Üniversitesi, Türk Dili Ve Edebiyatı Bölümü, Ağrı / Türkiye
Anahtar Kelimeler: Bilge Karasu, us, ben, tahlil.
ÖZET
Usta Beni Öldürsen E! hikâyesi on iki bölümden oluşan Göçmüş Kediler Bahçesi
kitabının yedinci hikâyesidir. Alıntı ve Gönderge Yöntemiyle Yapılan metinlerarasılık tekniği ile
-Koncaku Monogatari Şu- Japon Öyküsü, hikâyenin arka planını oluşturur. Buna göre
iblisleşivermiş olan bazı ana babalar herkesi ortadan kaldırdıkları gibi çocuklarını da ortadan
kaldırırlar. Hikâyede, kişiliğin oluşumunda en önemli iki etken olan kalıtım ve çevreden
kalıtımın ağır basışı, ustasının tüm çabalarına rağmen çırağının iblişleşmesinin önüne geçemeyişi
anlatılır. Öykünün isim-içerik ilişkisi iki farklı okumaya da müsaittir. Başlığa göre
değerlendirildiğinde usta-çırak ilişkisinin ön plana çıktığı görülür. Ancak kelimelerin arka planda
yüklendikleri anlamlar da göz önünde bulundurulduğunda hikâye yepyeni bir yapıya bürünür.
Buna göre us+ta [us, akıl/zihin; ta, bulunma hali eki] akılda; ben ise vücutta oluşan siyah leke
anlamındadır. Hikâyede ben, nefret imgesidir. Kelimelere bu yönleriyle bakıldığında öykü
başlığı zihinde nefreti öldürsene şekline çevrilir. Bu bildiride Usta Beni Öldürsen E! hikâyesinin
isim-içerik ilişkisi üzerinden tahlili yapılmaya çalışılmıştır.

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
      <file fileId="1545">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/8780acf684f3b3709b8a5592955ac5ff.docx</src>
        <authentication>04811279adb5897b7fe8034b169f9f07</authentication>
      </file>
      <file fileId="1546">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/3124bf1a609f9b2589454c84500ef36d.pdf</src>
        <authentication>39be5e8812b5d5f94cdfaa7990002850</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="10460">
                    <text>BİLGE KARASU’NUN USTA BENİ ÖLDÜRSEN E! ADLI HİKÂYESİNİN İSİM
İÇERİK BAĞLAMINDA DEĞERLENDİRİLMESİ
Burak ARMAĞAN1
Özet
Usta Beni Öldürsen E! hikâyesi on iki bölümden oluĢan Göçmüş Kediler Bahçesi
kitabının yedinci hikâyesidir. Alıntı ve Gönderge Yöntemiyle Yapılan metinlerarasılık tekniği
ile -Koncaku Monogatari ġu- Japon Öyküsü, hikâyenin arka planını oluĢturur. Buna göre
iblisleşivermiş olan bazı ana babalar herkesi ortadan kaldırdıkları gibi çocuklarını da ortadan
kaldırırlar. Hikâyede, kiĢiliğin oluĢumunda en önemli iki etken olan kalıtım ve çevreden
kalıtımın ağır basıĢı, ustasının tüm çabalarına rağmen çırağının ibliĢleĢmesinin önüne
geçemeyiĢi anlatılır.
Öykünün isim-içerik iliĢkisi iki farklı okumaya da müsaittir. BaĢlığa göre
değerlendirildiğinde usta-çırak iliĢkisinin ön plana çıktığı görülür. Ancak kelimelerin arka
planda yüklendikleri anlamlar da göz önünde bulundurulduğunda hikâye yepyeni bir yapıya
bürünür. Buna göre us+ta [us, akıl/zihin; ta, bulunma hali eki] akılda; ben ise vücutta oluĢan
siyah leke anlamındadır. Hikâyede ben, nefret imgesidir. Kelimelere bu yönleriyle
bakıldığında öykü baĢlığı zihinde nefreti öldürsene Ģekline çevrilir.
Bu bildiride Usta Beni Öldürsen E! hikâyesinin isim-içerik iliĢkisi üzerinden tahlili
yapılmaya çalıĢılmıĢtır.
Anahtar Kelimeler: Bilge Karasu, us, ben, tahlil.
AN EVALUATION OF BILGE KARASU’S STORY USTA BENİ ÖLDÜRSEN E IN
THE CONTEXT OF NAME AND CONTENT
Abstract
Usta Beni Öldürsen E! is the seventh story of the book of Göçmüş Kediler Bahçesi
which was consisted of twelve chapters. Intertextual technique done by Quote and Referent
Method, and a Japanese tale -Koncaku Monogatari ġu- constructed the background of the
1

ArĢ. Gör., Ağrı Ġbrahim
burak_87_05@hotmail.com

Çeçen

Üniversitesi

Fen-Edebiyat

Fakültesi

Türk

Dili

ve

Edebiyatı

Bölümü,

Sayfa 1 / 13

�story. According to this, some demonized parents annihilate their children as they annihilate
everybody. In this story, the dominance of heredity from heredity and environment ,the most
important elements in the construction of personality, and his master‟s being unable to
prevent his apprentice‟s demonizing in spite of all the efforts is told.
The name-content relationship of the tale is of two different reading. When evaluated
according to the tittle it is seen that the master-apprentice relationship come to the front. Yet,
once read considering the meaning of the background meanings of the words story is
converted into a new structure. So, us+ta [us, in English, mind/ reason; ta, being in
somewhere, suffix] in mind; ben is a black spot on the body. In the story, ben symbolizes the
hatred. When looking these words from this aspect they are translated as kill the hatred in the
mind.
In this paper, the story Usta Beni Öldürsen E! is tried to be examined in the context of
name-content relationship.
Key Words: Bilge Karasu, mind, I/black spot, examine.

Yazarın Hayatı ve Eserleri
1930 Yılında Ġstanbul‟da doğan Karasu, Ġstanbul Üniversitesi Felsefe Bölümü‟nü
bitirmiĢtir. 1974 Yılında Hacettepe Üniversitesi‟nde öğretim görevliliğine baĢlayan
Karasu‟nun bu görevi 1995 yılındaki vefatına kadar sürmüĢtür.
Ġlk yazısı 1950‟de, ilk öyküsü de 1952‟de Seçilmiş Hikâyeler dergisinde yayımlanan
sanatçı, 1963 yılında D.H. Lawrence‟ın The Man Who Died (Ölen Adam) kitabının çevirisiyle
Türk Dil Kurumu Çeviri Ödülü‟nü, 1971‟de Uzun Sürmüş Bir Günün Akşamı kitabıyla Sait
Faik Hikâye Armağanı‟nı, 1991‟de Gece kitabı ile Pegasus Ödülünü ve 1994‟te Ne Kitapsız
Ne Kedisiz’le Sedat Simavi Vakfı Edebiyat Ödülü‟nü almıĢtır.
Bilge Karasu‟nun eserleri; Troya'da Ölüm Vardı (1963), Uzun Sürmüş Bir Günün
Aksamı (1970), Göçmüş Kediler Bahçesi (1979), Kısmet Büfesi (1982), Gece (1985), Kılavuz
(1990), Ne Kitapsız Ne Kedisiz (1994), Narla İncire Gazel (1995), ölümünden sonra
yayımlanan Altı Ay Bir Güz (1996), Füsun Akatlı tarafından kitaplaĢtırılan Lağımlaranası ya
da Beyoğlu (1999), Öteki Metinler (1999) ve Serdar Soydan‟ın derlediği Susanlar (2009) ile
birlikte toplam on iki kitaptan oluĢur.
Göçmüş Kediler Bahçesi adlı eserde yer alan “Usta Beni Öldürsen E!” hikâyesi, 12
hikâyeden oluĢan kitabın 7. hikâyesidir.
Sayfa 2 / 13

�Hikâyenin Özeti
Hikâye, Alıntı ve Gönderge Yöntemi ile yapılan “Metinlerarasılık” tekniği
kullanılarak -Koncaku Monogatari ġu- Japon Öyküsünün bir parçası ile baĢlar. Bu parçada
belirtilenler hikâyede anlatılmak istenenin arka planını oluĢturur. Buna göre “iblisleĢivermiĢ”
olan bazı ana babalar herkesi ortadan kaldırdıkları gibi çocuklarını da ortadan kaldırırlar.
Hatırladığı ilk gün iki yaĢında olan (bunu daha sonra annesi söyler) çırak, annesi dıĢarı
gittiğinde evin içini keĢfetmek ister. Evde yatalak hasta olan amcası ve babaannesini bulunur.
O güne kadar dikkat etmediğini düĢündüğü bir “ben” amcasının burnunun dibinde belirir,
sonraki günler iyice büyür, hayatını kaybettiğinde zeytin iriliğine ulaĢır. Sonraları babaannesi
ve annesinin de ölümlerine yakın bu “ben”leri görür.
Kahraman ne zaman, kim tarafından, nasıl olduğu belirtilmeyen Ģekilde bir cambaz
ustasının yanına verilir ve onun yanında büyür. Cambaz bildiği her Ģeyi ona öğreten kiĢidir.
Hayatta ayakları üzerinde durmayı bile bilmediği halde cambazdan öğrendikleri ile yaĢar hatta
incecik bir ipin üzerinde durmayı baĢarır. Ustasından öğrendiği en önemli kural iĢi ile var
olabildiği bu sebeple özellikle iĢini yaparken tamamen ona odaklanması, kesinlikle baĢka
hiçbir Ģey düĢünmemesi gerektiğidir. Kurala uymadığı zamanlarda canından olmakla burun
buruna gelir, ustası tarafından kurtarılır ancak azar iĢitmekten kurtulamaz. Ustası onun hayatta
kalması için düĢüncelerini, hayallerini, özlemlerini, kafasında iĢi haricinde var olan her Ģeyi
silmesini istese de „düĢünmek‟ kahramana cazip gelir ve kendisini düĢünmekten alıkoyamaz.
DüĢüncelerinde iĢinden uzakta su kıyısı, çimenler, yeĢillik özlemi çeker, boĢ olduğu her
anında kendisini buralara atar. Her ne kadar büyük iç çatıĢmaları yaĢasa da, korkunç fikirlere
karĢı koymaya çalıĢsa da “iblis” yönü ağır basar ve ustasının ölümünden memnun olacak
dereceye gelir. Bir ipin üzerinde iki cambaz oynayamazsa, kendisi de artık usta olmak
istiyorsa ustasının ortadan kalkması gerekir. Kafasında büyüyen yasak düĢünceler kendini var
eden iĢini esaret zinciri, çalıĢtığı mekânı kafes olarak görmesine neden olur, en sonunda
hayattaki tek varlığı olan ustasına da günün birinde bir “ben” koyar.
Son gösterilerinde ustasının açığını fark eder ve açığı telafi edecek ustalığa eriĢtiğini
göstermek istediği hayallere dalar. Zihnini kemiren bu düĢünceler yanlıĢ hareket yaparak yere
doğru hızla çakılmasına sebep olur.

Sayfa 3 / 13

�Hikâyede anne, baba, babaanne ve amcanın, çocuğun sağlıklı geliĢebilmesi için
üzerlerine düĢen görevleri yerine getirmedikleri görülür. KiĢiliğin oluĢumunda en önemli iki
etken olan “kalıtım” ve “çevre”den “kalıtım”ın ağır basıĢı, çevrenin (Usta) tüm çabalarına
rağmen onu iblisleĢmekten, dolayısıyla hayatını kaybetmekten kurtaramaması anlatılır.
Vaka zincirinin ortaya çıkmasını hazırlayan sebepleri “anne etkisi, ben imgesi, usta
etkisi” Ģeklinde sıralamak mümkündür. Dolayısıyla inceleme bu faktörler üzerinden
yapılacaktır.

Anne Etkisi 2
Bu bölümde öncelikle “anne arketipi”nden bahsedilmelidir. “Tüm insan eylemlerinde
“a priori” bir faktör vardır, bu da, “psike”nin doğuĢtan gelen, bu nedenle de bilinçöncesi ve
bilinçdıĢı olan bireysel yapısıdır. Bilinçöncesi psike, örneğin yeni doğmuĢ bir bebeğinki,
uygun koĢullar sağlandığı takdirde her Ģeyin doldurulabileceği boĢ bir levha değildir, aksine
son derece karmaĢıktır, çok net bir biçimde tanımlanmıĢ bireysel bir olgudur ve bize karanlık
bir boĢluk gibi gelmesinin nedeni, onu doğrudan doğruya göremememizdir. (…) Örneğin,
anne babada da görülen bazı marazi özelliklerin kalıtım yoluyla geçtiğini varsayarız" (Jung,
2009: 19).
2

Bu bölümde yer alan “a priori, psike, idea” kavramlarının açıklamaları aşağıda verilmiştir. Söz konusu bilgiler
Abdülbaki Güçlü-Erkan Uzun-Serkan Uzun-Ü.Hüsrev Yolsal’ın hazırladığı Felsefe Sözlüğü’nden alınmıştır.
A priori; Doğruluğu deneyimlerimize, gözlemlerimize dayanmayan savlara, önermelere, düşüncelere, yargılara
a priori denir. (s.1)
Psike; İlkçağ Yunan felsefesinde tüm yaşamın temel ilkesi olarak “ruh”; bilincin merkezi olarak da “zihin”
anlamında kullanılır. Bu iki ana anlamıyla bağlantılı olarak, terim “can”, bedene can veren yaşama gücü, yaşam
ya da canlılık ilkesi; “yaşam soluğu” anlamında da kullanılmıştır. (s.1187)
Idea; Platon’un felsefesinde bize hiçbir zaman mutlak olanın bilgisini veremeyecek olan duyulur nesnelere
karşı bilginin saltık, değişmez, saf nesneleri olan düşünülür nesnelere, ancak düşünce yoluyla kavranabilir olan
“ilkörnek”lere verilen ad. Platon İdeaların zihinde ayrı olarak da gerçek bir varoluşa sahip olduklarını, hatta asıl
gerçekliğin, aşkın ve ideal gerçekliğin İdealardan oluştuğunu savlamaktadır. (s.712)

Sayfa 4 / 13

�Annenin koruyan, hayata hazırlayan, ilgi ve Ģefkat gösteren özellikleri vardır. Çırağın
söz konusu özelliklerden hemen hiç birini annesinden görmediğine Ģahit olunur. Yalnızca
amcasının ölümü ile korkan kahramanın annesinin yanına gittiği zaman elinin üzerine
annesinin elini koyması ile korkuları azalır. Hikâyede annenin yaptığı, olması gereken anne
modelinin sergilendiği tek yer burasıdır.
Carl Gustav Jung annenin travmatik etkilerini iki gruba ayırır. Bunlardan ilki hikâyeye
uygun düĢen “annenin gerçekten sahip olduğu karakter özellikleri ya da tutumlardan
kaynaklanan” (Jung, 2009: 23) etkisidir. Zaten Japon öyküsünde verilen ipucundan da bu etki
anlaĢılabilir.
Alıntı yapılan bölümde “yaĢlanmıĢ ve iblisleĢivermiĢ” olan annelerin çocuklarını
ortadan kaldırdıklarından bahsedilir. Bu ortadan kaldırıĢ elbette karakter, benlik olarak
ortadan kaldırmaktır. Doğduğu andan itibaren bir çocuğun alacağı ilk eğitim evde, ailesinden
baĢlar. Anne veya baba, çoğu zaman her ikisi de, çocuğun karakterinin oluĢmasındaki
örneklerdir. Irsî olarak zaten ailesine çeken çocuk, taklit ile baĢlayan davranıĢlarına bir
müddet sonra sorgulamadan devam eder. Dolayısıyla anne ve baba çocuğun ideal benliğinin
oluĢumunda önemli rol oynar. “Annemizle iliĢkilerimizden öğrendiğimiz kaçınma, denetim,
boyun eğme, üstünlük kurma, saldırganlık, aĢırı denetim ve güvensizlik kalıpları
beyinlerimize kazınabilir. O kalıpları benimsemek ve onlarla yaĢamak zorunda bırakılırız.
Anababalık budur. Anababalarımızın davranıĢlarını içselleĢtiririz ve onlara göre yaĢarız”
(Cloud ve Townsend, 2002: 16). Buradan yola çıkarak “iblisleĢivermiĢ” annelerin doğal
olarak evlatlarının da iblisleĢeceği söylenebilir.
ĠblisleĢmek; ĢeytanlaĢmak, kendini tüketme demektir. “Ġblis; kötü, lanetlenmiĢ, hileci
[dir]. Kendisine kıyamete kadar, Tanrı‟ya sadık olmayan kulları sapkınlığa yöneltme gücü ve
görevi gibi bizatihî suç olan bir güç ve görev veril[miĢtir]” (Meydan Larousse, C.6: 155).
Onun özelliği kiĢiyi doğru yoldan saptırıp her türlü ahlaksızlığı, düĢüncesizliği, bencilliği
yaptırmaktır. Bir süre sonra ona tâbi olan kiĢiler önce kendilerini kendilerine yabancı bulurlar.
Kendi egolarını tatmin ile baĢlayan maceraları “bencillik”e varır. YavaĢ yavaĢ hem
kendilerini hem etrafındaki değerleri tüketirler. Anneden gördükleri kiĢiliklerini oluĢturan
çocuklar da bu sebeple iblisleĢmiĢ olurlar. Zaten iblisleĢmiĢ bir annenin cenazesinin törenle
kaldırılmıĢ olması da çocukların aynı korkunç duyguları paylaĢtıklarının, anne etkisinden
kurtulamamıĢ olduklarının bir göstergesidir.

Sayfa 5 / 13

�Hikâyede de Japon öyküsünde yer alan tüketme eylemi söz konusudur. Çocuğunu
tüketmiĢ olan anne yüzünden “çırak”ta da tüketme güdüsü baĢlar. Tüketme, etrafında görmek
istemediği, kafasından sildiği, kurtulmak istediği kiĢilere zihninde “ben” koyarak iĢaretlemesi
olarak görülür. Ġlk olarak amcasına konulan bu “ben” daha sonra anneye, babaanneye, diğer
çıraklara ve en sonunda “usta”ya konulur.
Annesi kahramanın evde olmasına müsaade etmez. Elbette bunda babaannesinin ve
amcasının hastalıklarının payı vardır ancak bu durum gittikçe çocuğu evden soyutlama halini
alır. Amcasının ölümü üzerine korkan çocuk annesinin yanına gelir: “Anasının eli şakağından
inip elini örtünce korkusu gitmişti” (s.110). Anne korkulardan kaçıĢ için güvenli bir
sığınaktır. Onun yanında huzur, refah bulunur. “Çocuk içinde güveni değil tehlikeyi
barındırır. Güveni yalnızca annesinde ya da kendisine annelik yapan kiĢide bulabilir” (Cloud
ve Townsend, 2002: 22). Ancak tüm hikâye boyunca annenin çocuğuna sağladığı tek güven
ânı bu andır, çocuğunun korkusunu giderir.

“SakinleĢtirme anne ile çocuk arasında bir

alıĢveriĢtir. Çocuk korkmuĢtur, yalnızlık çeker ve kendisine acı veren duygularla yüklüdür.
Bu duygular ona kaldıramayacağı kadar “ağır” gelir. Anne çocuğunu kucağına aldığı zaman
onun bu duygularını anlar ve kabul eder. Annesi çocuğun bu duygularını aktarabileceği,
onlardan korkmayan bir kiĢidir. Acı veren duygularını annesinin sakinliği ve sevgisiyle
değiĢtirir” (Cloud ve Townsend, 2002: 57). Hikâyede çocuğun korktuğu zamanlarda annesi
tarafından yatıĢtırılmasına rastlanmaz. YatıĢtırma, beraberinde sevgi, merhamet ve ilgiyi
getireceğinden onlar da görülmez. Hatta çocuğun herhangi bir arkadaĢının varlığından da söz
edilmez. Bu durum, çırağın iliĢki, dostluk, alaka gibi kavramların ne ifade edebileceğini
bilmediğini gösterir. Ustasının ona karĢı yaptığı davranıĢlarda yakınlık bulur, ancak anne ve
arkadaĢ arasındaki yakınlık iliĢkisinden habersiz olduğu için bunu bir “anne” sevgisi olarak
kabul eder. Ailesinde yer alan kiĢiler herhangi bir sorumluluklarını yerine getiremedikleri
için, ona yakın davranan ustası ailesinin yerini tutar ve ona “ana” olur.
Çırağın tek korkusu yalnız kalmaktır. Annesi gibi gördüğü ustasının yaĢlanmıĢ, ölüme
yaklaĢmıĢ olduğunu sırf yalnız kalmaktan korktuğu için istemez. “Ġyi bir annenin yol
göstericiliğinde yaĢama güvenle baĢlamak, yetiĢkinlik dönemimizde iyi iliĢkiler kuracağımız
zamanı beklerken yaĢayabileceğimiz yalnızlıklara katlanmamız için gereklidir” (Cloud ve
Townsend, 2002: 26). Annesinden aldığı güveni yalnızca amcasının ölümünden hemen sonra
elini tuttuğu anda alan çırak için “anne” olgusu hemen hemen yok gibidir. Kendisini iyice
bildiği dönem ustasının yanında iĢe ve hayata atıldığı zamanlara denk geldiği için çocuğun

Sayfa 6 / 13

�korku ve güvensizlik içinde geçirdiği bir hayli zaman olduğu söylenebilir. Bu da gelecekte
yaĢayacağı korkusunun yalnızlıktan ileri geldiğinin bir göstergesidir.
Ben İmgesi
Kahramanın çocukluktan baĢlayarak insanların yüzünde gördüğünü zannettiği bu
noktalar ölümün hazırlayıcısı olarak sunulur. Ortaya çıkan “ben”; kibir, nefret düĢünceleriyle
imgeleĢir. „Ben‟ nefretle gelen ölümün hazırlayıcısıdır. “Ölüm imgesinin Bilge Karasu
metinlerindeki ekseni “göçmek” düĢüncesi üzerine kurulmaktadır. (…) Göçmek, var olan
yaĢantıdan kopuĢun bir göstergesidir. Karakterlerin yaĢadığı ne tam bir ölüm ne de bir
yeniden doğuĢtur. Tam olarak trajik bir sondur” (BaĢokçu, 2005: 124).
Kahramanın geçmiĢte yaĢamıĢ olduğu annesizlik, ait olamamıĢlık, kiĢiliğinin
oturmamıĢ hali ileride hep karĢısına çıkar. Her zaman bu “ben”den kurtarmak ister kendini
ancak bilinçaltından gelenler buna izin vermez.
Çırak, çocukluğunda anne Ģefkati ve koruyuculuğuna sahip olmadığından savunmasız,
sevgisiz ve ilgisiz büyür. Ġçinde kalıtım yoluyla var olan ya da sonradan oluĢan nefret
duygusunu insanların yüzlerine “ben” koyarak ortaya çıkarır. ĠĢareti kendisi koyduğu halde
yine kendisinin bunu görmekten korktuğu görülür. Bu noktada “benlik çatıĢması” içerisine
düĢtüğünü söylemek mümkündür. Ġki parçaya ayrılmıĢ benliği iyi ve kötü benlik olarak
düĢünüldüğünde kötü benliği, “ben”in oluĢup diğer benliğe de üstün geldiği ve çırağın
ölümüne sebep olduğu taraf olan “iblisleĢen” benlik iken, iyi benliğini ustasının onu hayata
bağlamaya çalıĢan gayretleri, öğütleri ve davranıĢları oluĢturur.
Usta Etkisi
Usta, bir sanat veya zanaat dalında iĢinin ehli olan kiĢiye verilen addır. Hikâyedeki
usta, metrelerce yüksekte bir ipin üzerinde akrobatik hareketler yapan bir cambazdır. Bu
hüneri elde edebilen usta hayatın çetin yollarından geçmiĢ, belki birçok ölüm tehlikesi
geçirmiĢ ama her fırsatta ölüme karĢı galip gelebilmiĢ kiĢidir. Zaten çırağın zihninden geçen
usta tanımı da bu Ģekildedir: “Usta, bir yerde, yaşamanın yolunu da bulmakta ustalaşmış
değil midir ki?” (s.107). Mademki ustası bu günlere kadar yaĢayabilmiĢ, bir yaĢama yolu
bulmuĢ, o zaman bunu çırağına da aktaracak, ona da öğretecektir. Zira bunu da öğrettiği
görülür. Usta, kafasını saran düĢüncelerden kahramanı vazgeçirerek yalnızca iĢine
odaklanmasını ister. ĠĢi, kendilerini bugüne kadar getirmiĢ ise sadece onunla var olduklarına

Sayfa 7 / 13

�göre yalnız o düĢünülmelidir. ĠĢ yaparken en ufak bir dikkatsizlik, ilgi kaybı yaĢama mâl
olacaktır. O halde yaĢamak istiyorsa ustasının dediğini yapmak zorundadır.
Ustası ona düĢünmeyi yasaklar. Çünkü yaptıkları iĢ bir anlık dalgınlığı affetmeyen bir
iĢtir. Onlarca metre yüksekte canlarını hiçe sayarak ekmek parası kazanmaya çalıĢtıklarından
dalgınlığa müsaade edilemez. Her atlayıĢla aslında ölüme giderler ancak her atlayıĢta çırağı
ölümden kurtaran eller bileklerinden, belinden tutarak onu kurtarır: ”Onu ölümden kurtaracak
eller, belini, bileğini bulmayabilirdi günün birinde” (s.110).
Çırak ustasını anası gibi görmektedir. “Onu doğuran, emzirip büyüten, ona
yaşamasını öğreten anasıyla bir tutardı ustasını” (s.108). Ancak onun anası doğurup
emzirmesi haricinde bir Ģey yapmamıĢ, ona en önemli Ģeyi, ayakları üzerinde durabilmeyi,
yaĢayabilmeyi öğretmemiĢtir. Ona hayattaki her Ģeyi öğreten ustasıdır. Bu öğretim o derece
ileriye gitmiĢtir ki ustasının kendi ölümünün gelebileceğini söylemesi karĢısında çırak “ne
söyleyeceğimi öğretmedin ki, bilmiyorum ne diyeceğimi böyle sözler karşısında” (s.118) der.
Hayatında ölüm ile ilgili hemen hemen bütün acıları yaĢamıĢ olduğu halde bu durumlar için
söyleyebileceği bir Ģeyinin olmaması da ilgi çekicidir.
Ustası onun hayatta kalması için uğraĢır. Her ne kadar o çayırı, çimeni özlemiĢ olsa da
ustası buna itiraz eder. Geçimlerini sağladıkları iĢ, insanların toplu olarak yaĢadığı yerlerde
yapılabilir ve sadece meslekleri ile var olabilirler. Bu yüzden özlem, düĢ, hayal gibi her Ģeyin
zihinden silinmesi gerekir. Bunların hiçbiri düĢünülmemelidir. Varlığını iĢine, iĢine bağlılığını
ustasına borçludur:
“Cambazlık, insanın -ölmek istemiyorsa- bütünüyle kendini ipe, halkaya, ustaya,
adıma, ele- göze vermesini gerektiren bir işti” (s.113).
Çırağın usu baĢka yerlerde gezinmemelidir. BaĢka Ģeyler düĢünmemesi gerektiğini
anlayamadığı, bunu hala kavrayamadığı için “usta” değil hala “çırak”tır: “Birkaç kez usunun
başka yerlerde gezindiğini, ipten başka sorunlarla uğraştığını fark etmişti ansızın. Böyle şey
olmazdı” (s.113).
Hikâyede ne ustanın ne de çırağın adları verilmez. Sadece yaptıkları iĢler ile
adlandırılırlar. Ġsmin verilmeyiĢi benliğin tam olarak bulunamayıĢında bir etkendir. Zira
birbirlerine seslendikleri zaman, herhangi bir Ģey söylemeden garip sesler çıkarttıkları
görülür.

Sayfa 8 / 13

�KiĢiliğini ustasının kiĢiliğinde eritmeye çalıĢan çırak, düĢündüğü, aklından geçen her
Ģeyi ustasının da bileceğini, biliyor olduğunu, ondan saklamanın yanlıĢ olduğunu anlar:
“Birliklerinin, birlikteliklerinin bir öğesi olmuştu” (s.108).
“Ustasına söyleyemeyeceği şey zaten içinde, usunda kalamazdı” (s.112). Kalsa “usda” olacaktır. Yani ustası bir anlamda onun belleğidir. DüĢüncelerini, kiĢiliğini, her Ģeyi o
tayin eder. Çırağın hayatta kalabilmesi için bu Ģarttır.
Kahraman kiĢiliğinin oluĢumu ile ilgili düĢüncelere kapıldığı zaman bunda ustasının
payı olup olmadığını, kendi benliğinde kendi etkisinin olup olmadığını ustasına sormaya
kalksa ondan alacağı cevap bellidir: “Senin aklın ermez demeyecekti” (s.113). Aklı ererdi
mutlaka ancak düĢündükçe yeni düĢüncelere, hayallere, umutlara yelken açacağından her
düĢünce onu iĢinden uzaklaĢtıracaktır. ĠĢinden uzaklaĢması kendi olamaması, bu da
yaĢayamaması demektir. O yüzden ustası ona “Düşünme” diyecektir.
DüĢüncelerini büyütmesi ile ilgili en önemli olay Ģüphesiz “Söğüt Ağacı”na dayanır.
“Söğüt, genellikle su kenarlarında iyi yetiĢen ağaçtır” (Meydan Larousse, C.11: 501). Söğüt
ağacının yaprakları çoğu zaman yaĢ, canlı, taze durur. Herhangi bir yaprağı alınıp dikilse, kısa
bir zamanda fidan olarak büyüdüğü görülür. Buradan hareketle “düĢünce söğütlüğü”
kullanımında, her düĢüncenin yeni düĢüncelere gebe olduğu fikri söylenebilir. BoĢ kaldığı her
zaman kendisini suyun kenarında, yeĢilliklerde bulması ya da orayı hayal etmesiyle aynı
doğrultuda bir kullanımdır. Zaten söğüt de yalnızca suyun olduğu yerlerde bulunur. Hayalinde
her zaman canlı olan kır, çimenlik, su kenarı içinde kendisine bir söğüt ağacı oluĢturan çırak
bunu da düĢünceleri ile büyütür: “Kendini koyveriyordu soru söğütlüklerinin, soruların yaş
otluklarının arasına” (s.114).
Ustasına söyleyemeyeceği Ģeylerin usunda kalamayacağını anlayıp tüm bunlardan
kurtulduğu, bunları unuttuğu vakit “önünden geçtikleri bir bahçenin bütün söğütlerinin
budanmış” (s.112) ancak bunları “kaldırıma atılıp, yığılmış” Ģekilde bulur. Aslında bu mekân
onun zihninin bir tasavvurudur. Aklında soru, düĢünce söğütlükleri varken bunların usunda
kalamayacağını düĢünerek unutmaya çalıĢması (unutmaması, sadece tekrar hatırlamak üzere
zihninin bir köĢesine yığmıĢ olması) söğüdün dallarının budanması olarak belirir. Ustası
bunlara basmamak için yol kenarından yürüdüğü halde kendisi “saygıyla, sevgiyle, ağır ağır,
cambaz ayaklarının bütün yeğniliğiyle bu dal yığınlarına basarak” (s.112) yürür. Bu bölüm,
cambazlıkta ustalığa gittiği yolda, öğrenim hayatında bastırmıĢ olduğu düĢünceleri
çiğnediğini gösterir. Ancak bunlar düĢünce söğüdünün budanmıĢ dallarıdır. Budanan ağaç her
Sayfa 9 / 13

�zaman yeni, taze, daha gür yaprak ve daha sağlam dallar verir. Bunlar da düĢüncelerin aslında
unutulup gitmediğinin, yeni düĢüncelerle birleĢerek daha güçlü bir Ģekilde geleceğinin
habercisidir. Zira hemen bu görüntülerin ardından gelen yeĢillik, su kenarı gibi yerleri
düĢünmek değil, “böyle yerlerin özlemini içinde taşımak bile suçtu kendini bilen cambaz
için” (s.112). Ancak o hiçbir zaman kendini bilen bir cambaz olamaz, budadığı düĢünce
söğüdü, çok daha gür ve güçlü Ģekilde kendini gösterir.
Çırağın ara ara gelen düĢünmeme, düĢünmek istememe eylemlerindeki gayesi yalnız
kalmak istememesi, bundan korku duyuyor olmasıdır. “Ustasının öleceği korkusu sardı
yüreğini.(…) Bu düşünce ilk olarak gelip yüreğine korku salmıyor muydu?” (…) “Bu ölümün
başka ölümlere benzemeyeceğini biliyordu, ansızın korkunç bir yalnızlık içinde kalacağını
biliyordu” (s.119).
Çırağın ustasına yardım edeceği gün, ustasının hata yaptığı gün olacaktır. Çırak bu
hatayı telafi edebilirse ustasını kurtaracak, kendisi de usta konumuna yükselebilecektir. Ancak
ustası bu zamanın gelmesinden, çırağının ona yardım etmesinden korkmaktadır: “Yaşamıma
yardım edilmesi gerekecek günün gelmesinden korkarım (…) senin yaşamama yardım etmen
gerekecek günün gelmesinden (…) Yardımsız kalayım ki köpekler gibi öleyim, diyorum arada
bir. Diyorum ya, yük olmanın acısı, yapayalnız yaşamaktan kötü mü değil mi, bilemiyorum”
(s.116). Çırak akrobatik hareketler yaparken, bir yerden bir yere atlayan ustasını
yakalamalıdır. Ancak bu durumda tuttuğu ustası ona yük olabilir. Tutmadığı, yardım etmediği
takdirde ise ona yük olmaz ancak ustası düĢüp ölecektir. Usta hangisinin daha iyi bir seçim
olduğunu bilemez; çırağı yardım etse artık onun usta olduğunu kabul edecektir. Usta,
çırağının henüz olgunluğa eriĢmeden bu durumun gelmesinden korkar. Çırak yardım
etmediğinde usta yok olma tehlikesi ile karĢılaĢacaktır. Usta bunu da içine tam olarak
sindiremez. Bu düĢünceler içinde çırak artık kararını verir ve nice zamandır uyuyamadığı
uykusuna dalar. Ertesi sabah ise ustasında “ben”i görür. DüĢünmekten kaçar ancak engel
olamaz. Gururlanma, kendini büyük görme kibire, kibir de nefrete zemin hazırlar. Zaten
“ben”in çıkmasında asıl etkili olan bu düĢüncelerdir.
Hikâyenin en baĢında bir anlamda özet Ģeklinde verilen bölümde ustasının burnunun
sağ kanadının dibinde bir “ben” görme ihtimali söz konusu edildiğinde “O zaman, genç bir
cambaz olarak, ne yapmanız gerekebileceği konusunda kapıldığınız düşünceler…” (s.107)
Ģeklinde kurulan cümlede gördüğümüz “gerek- ebil- ecek” kelimesinde yer alan “e bil-” eki
ile kastedilen yeterlilik, gücü yetme olarak görünse de hikâyenin sonlarında yaĢanılan zıt
Sayfa 10 / 13

�duyguların tesiriyle aslında “istek” de devreye girmiĢ olarak düĢünülebilir. Bir zorunluluk söz
konusu olmaz, olsaydı “e bil-” kullanılmazdı. Ġsteğin devrede görüldüğü bu kullanım
karakterin meslek hayatında rütbe alabilmek için her Ģeyini borçlu olduğu ustasını gözünü
kırpmadan harcayacağının iĢaretidir. ĠblisleĢen yönünü içeren “kötü ben”i çırağın ruhunu ele
geçirir.
Kahraman rahat düĢünebilmesini, ustasının ölümüne bağlar. O öldüğünde istediği gibi
düĢünmekte özgür olacaktır. Bu yüzden sevinebilirdi ancak ustası onun yaĢaması için
düĢünmemesini istemektedir. Nitekim düĢündükçe düĢüncelerinin saptığı yanlıĢ yollardan
hoĢlanmaz. DüĢünceler her zaman iyi, güzel Ģeyler olmaz elbette. Ama hayattaki tek
varlığının ölümünden memnun olacağını bir an bile düĢünmesi, ölüm bardağına bir an dolu
tarafından bakması kabul edilemez: iblisleĢmiĢtir.
Çırak son gün son oyunda hala iĢine kendisine vermeyip “düĢünmekte”dir. DüĢünüyor
olduğu halde usta olduğunu zanneder ve bu halde kendisini ustasına ispatlama çabasına
giriĢir: “Ama böyle şeyler düşünmek bile ustalığı daha hak etmediğini düşündürmez miydi?”
(s.120). DüĢ yoluna girmesi yanlıĢ hareket yapmasına ve düĢüĢüne neden olur.

Sonuç
Hikâyede çırağın yetiĢmesinde en etkili rolü oynayan usta gibi gözükse de aslında
annesinin yaptıklarının küçüklükten beynine kazınmıĢ olması, çırağın karakterinin
geliĢiminde önemli derecede pay sahibidir.
Kalıtım yoluyla devam eden “iblisleĢme” sürecindeki kahramanın “iyi ben” ve “kötü
ben” çatıĢmaları yaĢayarak, hayatta kalabilmeyi zanaat haline getirmiĢ usta bir cambaz
tarafından nefret, kibir, düĢünce fikirlerinden uzaklaĢtırarak yaĢatmaya çalıĢtığı görülür.
“Usta Ben‟i Öldürsen E!”nin isim içerik iliĢkisine bakıldığında “usta”; us, akıl, zihin
manasına gelirken “-da” bulunma hal eki almıĢ Ģekli ile düĢünülmelidir. Bu haliyle “usta”,
zihinde, akılda anlamlarını taĢır.
“Ben” akla gelen ilk anlamının dıĢında kullanılarak, vücutta oluĢan siyah, kahverengi
leke anlamındadır.

Sayfa 11 / 13

�Hikâyenin sonunda var olan “düĢüĢ” aslında çırağın hayatının her devresinde
“iblisleĢmekte” olan diğer benliğinin vasıtasıyla ustasının yasakladığı “düĢünme” ile oluĢur.
Her düĢ, yeni bir çok düĢünceleri beraberinde getirdiği gibi “düĢüĢ”ün de hazırlayıcısıdır.
DüĢüĢ esnasındaki feryadı hikâyenin isminin sonunda ayrı yazılan “E!” harfi belirtir.
Sürekli çatıĢma halinde olan çırak, iyi tarafını oluĢturan benliğine seslenir: “Us-ta
ben‟i öldürsen e &gt; zihninde nefreti yok etsene” Ģekline çevrilir.

KAYNAKÇA


BaĢokçu, T. Oğuz, (2005), Bilge Karasu Metinlerinde Benlik AnlayıĢı:
“Ben”in KuruluĢunda Nietzsche‟ci Yansımalar (Yüksek Lisans Tezi), Dan.
Prof. Dr. Sedat Sever, Ankara.



Cloud, Henry – Townsend John, (2002), Anne Faktörü, (Çev. Emel Aksay)
Ġstanbul, Sistem Yayıncılık.



Çelik, Burçin (2007), Bilge Karasu Öykülerinin Ortak Yapısal Özellikleri
(Yüksek Lisans Tezi), Dan. Yrd. Doç. Dr. Nihayet Arslan, EskiĢehir



Güçlü, Abdülbaki – Uzun, Erkan – Uzun, Serkan – Yolsal, Ü. Hüsrev, Felsefe
Sözlüğü, Bilim ve Sanat Yayınları.



Jung, Carl Gustav (2009), Dört Arketip, (Çev. Zehra Aksu Yılmazer), Ġstanbul,
Metis Yayınları.



Karasu, Bilge (2012), GöçmüĢ Kediler Bahçesi, Ġstanbul, Metis Yayınları.
Sayfa 12 / 13

�

Meydan Larousse (1979), C.11, Ġstanbul, Meydan Yayınevi.



Meydan Larousse (1990), C.6, Ġstanbul, Meydan Yayınevi.

Sayfa 13 / 13

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="10451">
                <text>2189</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="10452">
                <text>BİLGE KARASU’NUN USTA BENİ ÖLDÜRSEN E! ADLI HİKÂYESİNİN İSİM İÇERİK BAĞLAMINDA DEĞERLENDİRİLMESİ</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="10453">
                <text>ARMAĞAN, Burak </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="10454">
                <text>Anahtar Kelimeler: Bilge Karasu, us, ben, tahlil.  ÖZET  Usta Beni Öldürsen E! hikâyesi on iki bölümden oluşan Göçmüş Kediler Bahçesi kitabının yedinci hikâyesidir. Alıntı ve Gönderge Yöntemiyle Yapılan metinlerarasılık tekniği ile -Koncaku Monogatari Şu- Japon Öyküsü, hikâyenin arka planını oluşturur. Buna göre iblisleşivermiş olan bazı ana babalar herkesi ortadan kaldırdıkları gibi çocuklarını da ortadan kaldırırlar. Hikâyede, kişiliğin oluşumunda en önemli iki etken olan kalıtım ve çevreden kalıtımın ağır basışı, ustasının tüm çabalarına rağmen çırağının iblişleşmesinin önüne geçemeyişi anlatılır. Öykünün isim-içerik ilişkisi iki farklı okumaya da müsaittir. Başlığa göre değerlendirildiğinde usta-çırak ilişkisinin ön plana çıktığı görülür. Ancak kelimelerin arka planda yüklendikleri anlamlar da göz önünde bulundurulduğunda hikâye yepyeni bir yapıya bürünür. Buna göre us+ta [us, akıl/zihin; ta, bulunma hali eki] akılda; ben ise vücutta oluşan siyah leke anlamındadır. Hikâyede ben, nefret imgesidir. Kelimelere bu yönleriyle bakıldığında öykü başlığı zihinde nefreti öldürsene şekline çevrilir. Bu bildiride Usta Beni Öldürsen E! hikâyesinin isim-içerik ilişkisi üzerinden tahlili yapılmaya çalışılmıştır.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="10455">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="10456">
                <text>2013-05-17</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="10457">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="10458">
                <text>ISSN 2203-4548     </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="2862" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="3632">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/32e4d640f81059683de42c30c0ad893a.pdf</src>
        <authentication>edd59913de49e54e66a0245f85fa906c</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="22210">
                    <text>1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo

Bilingual education: the road to multilingualism
Julijana VuĦo
University of Belgrade
Faculty of Philology
julivuco@gmail.com
Katarina Zavišin
University of Belgrade
Faculty of Philology
katarina.zavisin@gmail.com

Globalisation emphasizes the importance of foreign languages by influencing the
development of national strategies for learning languages, thus contributing to
conservation or harmonization of language ecological balance in the world.
The increasing attention given to language issues in Europe resulted from the intention to
overcome numerous problems related to language, communication, interaction and multilayered international cooperation and understanding in the context of ethnic, religious and
cultural differences on global level, but also to promote the integration processes
enhanced by various forms of mobility. What also contributes to this is an overall
democratization of public life and raising awareness in different minority groups, as well
as parallel processes of globalization, localization and glocalization: comparison,
permeation, survival and adaptation of local environment to global context.
At the same time, there are concerns based on the prejudice that globalization trends
could endanger citizens' needs at individual and local level of identification with their
people, country, religion, cultural specificities and so on. In the area of foreign language
teaching policy there have been inappropriate reactions to the "danger" threatening the
dominant language and culture that are allegedly jeopardized by the presence of other
cultures and languages in a formal education system and environment.
Bilingual education (in Serbia since 2004) promotes multilingualism, with the belief that
it contributes to overcoming linguistic, cultural and communication barriers and develops
tolerance. This paper, as an appendix to the introduction of bilingual teaching, interprets
the results of research on the importance of learning foreign languages, cultural and
linguistic bias in students of bilingual and regular classes. The aim of the paper is to
identify similarities and differences in the attitudes of bilingual and regular students .
Key Words: Bilingual education, multilingualism, multiculturalism, foreign languages,
attitudes, bilingual and regular students.

Introduction
To speak more than one language is a rule rather than an exception because two thirds of the world's
population are bilingual. During the eighties and nineties attention began to be paid at national levels in Europe to
formative possibilities offered by bilingual education seen as a unique curriculum in two vehicular languages, one of
which is not native. By publishing the White Paper (1996) titled Teaching and Learning: Towards the Learning
Society, the European Commission emphasized the need to improve the quality of foreign language learning. One of
the proposals in the document is about the possibility that several high school subjects can be taught in the first
foreign language. Tendencies which are related to the foreign language learning policy in Europe are presented in
detail in the Common European Framework of Reference for learning, teaching and assessment of the languages of
the Council of Europe. They also contain a proposal of possible scenarios of the curricula presented to the
Ministerial Council of the Council of Europe in 1998. New impetus to such education was the signing of the
Maastricht Treaty, Article 126, which opened the borders of Europe to the effect of large movements, shifts,
increased mobility of people and business relationships between countries.
Contemporary attitudes and trends of foreign language learning policy in Europe include multilingualism as
a basic principle of the European unity policy, defining it as an individual's ability to take part in intercultural
interaction in two, three or more languages, at different levels. Such knowledge of a language offers the possibility
of learning about multiple cultural communities, exchange of experiences and wider opportunities for work and
713

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo
contacts within the European Union. Advantages of the implementation of the multilingualism principle in school
systems lead to expansion of students‘ linguistic competence in a foreign language, development of creativity and
sense of communication, greater abilities of analysis and problem solving, dissemination of knowledge in the foreign
language as a vehicular language and in the mother tongue, development of self-confidence in the person who
speaks the languages, greater respect for themselves, flexibility and adaptability, confidence in social interactions,
developed capacity for interpersonal relations, closer ties with some environments and with the European social and
cultural environment in general, and the creation of a multicultural attitude, possession of "the experience of two
language worlds" (Baker, 2000). In pragmatic terms, education in two languages in a multilingual environment
enables easier mobility and exchange of information in the broadest sense, including family, community,
employment and international contacts in European and world context, permeation of educational systems of
countries participating in bilingual education, transfer of academic knowledge from one language to another, the
spirit of mutual cooperation in learning, education of a ready, open citizen of Europe with expressed tolerance and
need for social harmony (VuĦo, 2006).
Bilingual instruction uses two languages as a tool in teaching process, it is one of the aspects of bilingual
education and ways to develop students' bilingualism. In bilingual classes in monolingual environments there is a
risk that the second language might threaten the first one and replace it, which is known as subtractive bilingualism,
a common phenomenon in language heterogeneous environment, where students whose first language is socially less
important in their community, are taught some subjects in the language that is socially more relevant, thus
endangering the development of the mother (family) tongue. The use of family language is limited only to home,
school, and it is not used in the environment. This phenomenon occurs with immigrants, particularly those from
socially less developed areas. When it comes to the bilingual education in Serbia227, its nature is additive, because it
produces the mentioned positive effects (FilipoviĤ, VuĦo, ĐuriĤ, 2007).
Europe and multiculturalism - from a political desire to political reality
The views on multilingualism and intercultural relations on which the European Union bases its policy of
equality among member states, encouraging foreign language learning and condemning any kind of linguistic and
other discrimination in the areas of formal and informal education are well known. Active political support sends a
clear message that there is a need to strengthen the knowledge of foreign languages and define specific language
needs by maintaining the diversity of languages as a factor of strengthening European unity. Expressing fear or
conciliation with the so-called imperialism of the English language, or with English as a language with the power of
lingua franca of the modern world (Seidlhofer, 2005: 340), a valid recommendation (European Commission, 2008)
is that a European citizen should speak at least three languages 228.
The idea of European multiculturalism is experiencing longer and longer moments of crisis, a social
environment is increasingly hostile to the challenges of integrating poor immigrant population into the European
context. This is clearly expressed by the statements of the British 229 and German230 Prime Minister, affirming that
"the attempts of creating a multicultural society in Germany have completely failed." Up to a few years ago clear
messages contained unbelievably politically incorrect opinions addressed to immigrants, "those who don‘t speak the
German language are not welcome," despite the fact that "in Frankfurt am Main, two out of three children under the
age of 5 years are of immigrant origin" . Multiculturalism and multilingualism were the main pillars on which
Europe rested. The threat that these pillars might collapse, for example in Germany and Britain, where as an
alternative to unsuccessful multicultural utopia a clear expression of national identity that would contribute to
preventing various extremism is evoked, speaks about the danger that hangs over the entire European Union and idea
of European equality of nations and languages.
227

Bilingual education in Serbia, started in 2004-2005 in French and Italian, and since 2006 it is held in English and German in
some primary schools. The model of bilingual education can be regarded as original and modified according to the CLIL
procedure. In contrast to this model, where a sole requirement is not the knowledge of a language, and due to Serbian legal
regulations a teacher must be both proficient in the language and have a university degree of the non-linguistic subject he teaches.
An anticipated level of language proficiency for teachers is C1 of the CEF. Depending on the availability of teachers, bilingual
education is held for a number of subjects: history, geography, art, sociology, biology, philosophy, computer science, etc.. as a
percentage of 30 to 45% of the total number of classes.
228
Language for identification, native; language of global/continental communication (English or French, Spanish, Portuguese,
Chinese, or other language), and a personal acquired language that should be developed to the full potential as a second language
(represented in the education system at all levels) (European Union, 2008).
229

http://www.vesti-online.com/Vesti/Svet/115356/Nacionalizam-zamena-za-multikulturalnost-u-Britaniji, the site was accessed
on February 10 at 00.15h
230
http://www.vesti-online.com/Vesti/Svet/90060/Merkel-Multikulturna-Nemacka-je-propala
the site was accessed on February 10 at 00.14h

714

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo
Interculturalism and foreign language teaching
Modern foreign language teaching means that the view of indivisibility of learning, acquisition and teaching
of a language and culture of a country, nation, area of the language is accepted and adopted. The awareness of
another‘s culture and knowledge about it was a popular concept in the anglophone educational systems of the
eighties and nineties. This is brought in connection with foreign languages and with a broader perspective of the
cultural turn in other social sciences of the post-modern society (Byram, 2004:159). This issue, which, among other
things deals with cultural differences and relationship to "others," regardless of their national, ethnic, social,
regional, institutional or other differences, was dealt with in the works of various authors, including Tomalin &amp;
Stempelski, (1993) , Byram, (1997), (2004), Kramish, (1993), Spolsky &amp; Hult (2008), Spolsky (2009).
Based on cultural differences, but also involving the development of thought in the direction away from
ethnocentrism towards relativity, as Byram says (2004:159), this concept is widely used not only in relation to
foreign languages but also to other school subjects, geography, history and social sciences and mother tongue.
However, it is the most obvious in foreign language learning 231 and can be monitored at all ages.
Knowledge of another‘s culture is considered very important in communicative teaching since it is
understood that topics of culture and civilization are the frame and the content about which you need to
communicate and around which communication is being developed.
Attitudes of young people
The attitudes of young people who are just going through the educational system in the contemporary social
moment in Serbia are vividly expressed by the results of the research conducted by the Center for Children's
Rights232 and surveys of 2007233 depicting the attitude of young people in Serbia to their mother tongue, foreign
languages, cultures and speakers (VuĦo, 2007).
The vast majority of respondents agree with the affirmative attitude in relation to the knowledge of another
culture, without seeking for two-way cooperation as a condition for learning about the culture. There are divided
opinions on the impact of other cultures on their own: 38% of the boys are concerned about the impact of other
nations believing they significantly threaten national identity of their nation, as much as 35% has a very negative
opinion and 25% was undecided in these estimates. Girls are slightly less xenophobic: 29% fears foreign influence,
the same number was undecided and 41% does not consider the influences of other nations as a threat to national
identity. The fact that nearly half of high school students in Serbia feel bigger or less distrust towards foreign
cultural influences is a cause for concern.
Clear animosity towards foreign language in general, used even in the field of entertainment is shown by
the following disturbing information: 17% of the girls and boys as much as 28% are not sure how patriotic it is to
listen to music in a foreign language, or are even convinced that it is very unpatriotic behavior.
The fact that the concept of ethnically clean country is opposed only by a little more than half of
respondents is a cause for concern, 59% of the boys and 57% of the girls, while 21% of the girls and 22% of the
boys believe that every nation should live alone in its state, which is one in five young citizen. Others have no clear
view on this issue, which makes space for the development of intolerance.
Intolerance in relation to other nations (for example, the Chinese) is shown by 31% of the boys and 30% of
the girls, who would deny them hospitality in our country even if they fully obeyed our laws, and only 46% of the
girls and 43% of the boys would accept them.

231

Foreign language appears as an instrument of learning different types of content, the CLIL (Content and Language
Integrated Learning) not only focuses on the acquisition but it also deals with the problem of the relation between vehicular
language and non-language subject. It is necessary to promote integrated, simultaneous learning of language and content, one
through another. CLIL teacher implements a number of methodological and didactic methods such as strategies of functional
understanding of the text, functional memorising and activation of vocabulary, which are already in the possession of foreign
language teachers and for which the measurement with the linguistic problems is a daily challenge.
232

During September and October of 2005, Youth Network "Living Together", made up of youth clubs from Belgrade, Nis,
Kraljevo, Uzice, Zajecar, Novi Pazar, Vrbas and Subotica, with the support of the Pestalozzi Foundation from Switzerland,
conducted a survey on youth attitudes towards minorities and cultural diversity in their environment. The study included 468 high
school students of both sexes aged 16-17.
233

The survey was conducted with the students of the Faculty of Philology of Belgrade University and the Third Belgrade High
School students aged 16 to 20 years. The selected sample is not representative for Serbia, because it involved students of foreign
philologies, and students of the Belgrade elite school, who were believed to have expressed views on the importance of languages
in the contemporary world.

715

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo
In a research conducted with Belgrade high school students and first year university students (VuĦo, 2008)
which aimed to obtain information about the attitude of the respondents to their mother tongue and foreign languages
in their own and global environment, the young people felt not only patriotic enthusiasm about the knowledge and
use of their mother tongue, but they also brought it in connection with the economic development of the country,
while they linked a foreign language to the importance of language as a universal category, but also awareness of the
limited use of Serbian as a small language. This shows raised awareness of the necessity of the knowledgde of
foreign languages for a prosperous life in the modern world.
Survey: sample and instruments
The specificity of bilingual teaching leads to an assumption about the usefulness and benefits of bilingual
education in school, social environment and the wider environment, and in this respect the research was conducted
on the views of final year students of bilingual classes and those who attend conventional (regular) classes in the
Third Belgrade High School. The research is primarily concerned with students' attitudes towards foreign languages
and cultures in order to gain insight on possible differences between the two classes. The research was carried out
during February of academic year 2010-2011.
The research includes the following dependent variables: social-cultural elements of foreign language
learning, attitude to native language and attitude towards foreign languages and cultures, while the independent
variables are gender and age.
The aim and hypothesis of the research
The aim of the research is to determine the similarities and differences in the views of bilingual and regular
students of the importance of learning foreign languages and the existence of some cultural and linguistic bias.
Our hypothesis was that bilingual students are more open to foreign cultures and languages and have a more
tolerant attitude towards ethnic minorities in their country, and are more interested and willing to learn about other
cultures.
Description of the survey
The conducted survey was anonymous. The survey includes general information about the students‘ sex and
mother tongue, records of foreign languages that the student has learned during school as well as institutions where
the student attended classes of foreign languages. This is followed by questions about respondents‘ interest for
learning foreign languages and specific circumstances that would encourage students to learn foreign languages, the
importance of foreign cultures for student personality development and its impact on the enrichment or
impoverishment of the student's personality. The survey ends with questions about the views of students of the
inclusion of national minorities in the environment where they live, the attitude towards foreigners and foreign
residence. Most of the questions are a combination of open and closed questions. Statistical analysis of the data
included a descriptive analysis of the results.
Results of the research
The research included two fourth-grade234 classes in the Third Belgrade High School: a regular class of
science and mathematics course and a bilingual class that has certain subjects in Italian and French.
In connection with the sex distribution of the respondents we can see that in the bilingual class there are
more female than male students (18 female students vs. 12 male students, while in the regular class 12 female
students compared to 15 male students).
Most students in both classes marked Serbian as their mother tongue, while the low percentage of students
marked another language (one student per regular class listed Macedonian, Russian and German, and one student per
bilingual class listed English and French).
The students of both classes have mostly been taught the same foreign language as part of formal education
(English and French). The difference, however, is reflected in the learning of German and Italian for the benefit of
bilingual classes.
As with the experience of learning foreign languages that are not present in the Serbian school system,
students from bilingual classes have more diverse experience in relation to their peers in regular classes: they
mentioned languages such as Romanian, Portuguese, Greek, Latin and Hungarian.

234

The fourth grade is the final year in the secondary school system in Serbia. Students graduate from secondary school with 18
years of age, which corresponds to the age when majority is attained.

716

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo
Besides, bilingual students are interested in learning more languages in comparison to students of regular
classes (Figure 1).

Figure 1. Languages that students would learn, and are not offered in the survey.
The need for openness and language tolerance, communication and the desire for cultural integration is
shown by the answer given by all the students (of both classes) that if they lived in a foreign country, they would try
to learn the language of that country.
The students expressed their opinion on the advantages of knowledge of mother tongue in the modern
world (Figure 2). Most bilingual students see the benefits of knowing their own mother tongue, while most students
of regular classes do not recognize this advantage in the modern world.

Figure 2. Students‘ answers about the usefulness of their mother tongue in the modern world.
In connection with an assessment of how knowledge of the culture of other nations enriches personality,
students of both classes mostly recognized positive effect on personality development, although the bilingual
students' had a more positive attitude (Figure 3).

717

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo

Figure 3. Students‘ answers on the impact of the knowledge of other nations‘ culture on the personality enrichment.
Namely, all bilingual students said that knowledge of other cultures enriches a person to a large extent
(except for a student who had no position on this issue). Also, we note that bilingual students made greater and more
detailed feedback than the regular students in which one recognizes the willingness to intercultural exchange and
clearly expressed awareness of how beneficial it is for building your own personality: "knowledge of other cultures
has a profound effect on my personality, has forced me to challenge attitudes and has enriched me"; "each culture
brings its wealth, history, significance, and each new language opens up more chances for a successful life",
"knowledge of others' viewpoints and opinions help us to build a proper personality"; "when you learn about how
others live you can easier see advantages and disadvantages of your own way of life"; and that "a man with more
knowledge is richer in every sense of the word."
The students‘ responses on the degree of their interest to learn about the culture of other nations are shown
in Figure 4 where we can see that all bilingual students, but one, are very much interested to learn about the culture
of other nations, while the regular students show greater reluctance.

Figure 4. Students‘ views on how interested they are to learn about other nations‘ culture.

The answers on the negative impact of other cultures on their own are shown in Figure 5

718

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo

Figure 5. Students‘ views on the negative impact of other cultures on their own.

We can see that more regular than bilingual students believe that culture of other nations may have a
negative impact on their own culture. Regular students often explain their negative attitude towards other cultures,
relating them to the current political context as, for example: "Kosovo is an illustration", "our country is in a mess
and it accepts and gradually incorporates into its tradition the negative things from others", or "because the elements
of other cultures can replace the elements of our culture and thus we lose our identity." Unlike them, bilingual
students are much more tolerant as indicated by the comments like: "if you adjust to other cultures, it does not mean
you forget your own culture", "if we properly understand our identity, we will learn to live peacefully with other
cultures"; "it can not affect, it can only be positive, because it enriches our culture" or "absolutely not, everyone
chooses their way, knowledge of something can only be beneficial."
On the other hand, bilingual students show greater caution about the negative impact of modern
technologies (listening to foreign music, surfing the Internet, etc.) on their identity, which is somewhat in conflict
with their tolerant attitude to foreign cultures (Figure 6). However, this attitude can be explained by their frequent
contact with foreign culture resources, and therefore greater capacity for critical attitude towards them.

719

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo
Figure 6. Students‘ views on the negative impact of foreign music, films and the Internet on their identitety.

The answers of bilingual students indicate to a great extent a more tolerant attitude regarding the equal
inclusion of ethnic minorities in their environment (Figure 7). In this regard, we highlight some feedback of the
bilingual students, "national minorities were disadvantaged under the regime of the nineties and this needs to be to
put in order", "everything should be done to enable every citizen of our country feels the same and equal, regardless
of the nationality"; "each national minority is entitled to their culture and right for this culture to be recognized
(legally accepted)"; "in a democratic country people should be the most important and minorities are part of the
people"; "because they are all equal regardless of their race or national origin."

Figure 7. Students' views on the degree of justification of equal inclusion of ethnic minorities
In this regard, we would like to emphasize the fact that in the survey of bilingual classes there were no
negative comments on this issue, while some students of regular classes, explaining their opinion that only to a small
extent do they justify the concern for the equitable inclusion of ethnic minorities, expressed the following opinions
showing clearly their animosity and xenophobia: "because there are too many of them already, and the minority
becomes the majority, as already seen in Serbia (Kosovo)"; "I do not want them to be involved if they do damage to
my country"; "as if they sought to have more rights than Serbs"; "I am worried because people are volatile, you give
them a finger, they want the whole arm", "there are fewer and fewer Serbs in Serbia, and therefore Serbian culture is
weaker, the culture of minorities has a greater impact on the Serbs" and the like. However, among students of regular
classes there is a positive attitude towards this issue such as: "Serbia is a beautiful country, and others should enjoy
its beauty", "It is vital that everyone has equal rights" and the like.

720

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo

Figure 8. Students' views of how justified is openness of the country towards foreigners.
In relation to the increasing openness of the domestic environment towards strangers, (Figure 8), it is
possible to see a more open attitude of bilingual students to foreigners as expressed in the following comments: "yes,
and I hope to become more open because it can only have a positive effect" , "the world should learn about our
culture and try to correct the opinion people have about us, which is mostly negative"; "the more open we are, the
closer we are to European qualities, ie. better quality of life, and it is beneficial for the economy, too" and the like.
Besides, the students of regular classes mainly gave positive comments about this question that we should be open to
other countries for tourism, and they would like to see more foreigners in Belgrade as it is the case with other
capitals and the like. However, some students of regular classes believe that this openness to foreigners is not
mutual: "I think our country has always been open to foreigners, only they were not very open to us"; while others
justify an open attitude towards foreigners solely for economic reasons: "only for foreign investment"; "for
investment, capital, trade, and making the rest of the world aware that we exist on the map" and the like.
In connection with going abroad, all students of both classes say they gladly travel and learn about other
cultures. It is still possible to see the bilingual students give more diverse reasons such as: "I like to travel, it allows
me to look at the world from multiple perspectives and to hear of new experiences"; "It is my pleasure to get to know
other people, cultures and countries, and it fulfills me as a person ", or" when you get to know how other people live
you will more easily notice the advantages and disadvantages of your way of life and more easily change yourself.―
Conclusion
The results of the research whose aim was to establish similarities and differences in the attitudes of
bilingual and regular students on the importance of learning foreign languages and the existence of some cultural and
linguistic bias, have confirmed the hypothesis that bilingual students are more open to foreign cultures and
languages, and have a more tolerant attitude towards ethnic minorities in their country, and are more interested and
willing to learn about other cultures. Attitudes of regular and bilingual students are substantially similar in terms of
students' attitudes towards learning foreign languages and the importance of mother tongue, but the difference in
their views is clearly evident in relation to tolerance towards ethnic minorities, equality of all citizens of Serbia and
openness to foreigners.
A more tolerant attitude toward foreign cultures is associated with greater exposure and contact with second
cultures and languages, which is a direct result of bilingual education, teaching and extracurricular content, greater
opportunities to travel abroad and beyond the narrow environment. In particular, as proof of openness, we highlight
a positive attitude toward the equal inclusion of ethnic minorities in the region, in contrast to the negative attitudes
and fear of the impact of foreign culture on the Serbian culture. Bilingual students explain their positive attitude
towards foreigners mostly by opportunities to gain knowledge of cultures, while regular students often look at it
from the perspective of economic, lucrative interests and prosperity. Culturally mature and motivated attitude is
expressed by bilingual students who see time spent abroad as a gain related to the enrichment of their personality, a
more rational understanding "of their life" as well as awareness of a possible change in their own attitudes.
Bilingual teaching brings major novelties and a number of advantages in the school systems of countries
applying it. In addition to new strategies and new spirit of modular teaching, expressed teamwork, modern methods
that involve active teaching adapted to specific students needs, bilingual education provides many benefits to
students, teachers, school and community as a whole.
721

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo
Establishment of bilingual classes in Serbia is in line with modern European attitudes toward the principles
of multilingualism, mobility, and with contemporary trends in language learning, and includes a number of
advantages: the expansion of language competence of students in a foreign language, development of creativity and
sense of communication, the greater ability of analyzing and solving problems, expanding other forms of knowledge
equally in foreign language as vehicular and Serbian language; developing self-confidence of a person who speaks
languages, greater respect for themselves, flexibility and adaptability, confidence in social interactions, more
developed capacity for interpersonal relations; establishing closer ties with the Italian, French and European social
and cultural environment in general, and the creation of a multicultural attitude, possessing "the experience of two
language worlds" (Baker, 2000); facilitated mobility and exchange of information in the broadest sense, from family,
community, employment and international contacts in European and world context; permeation of education systems
of participating countries, transfer of academic knowledge from one language to another, the spirit of mutual
cooperation and cooperation at all levels of human activities; education of a ready, open citizen of Europe with
expressed tolerance and the need for social harmony. The project of bilingual education brings globally an
undoubted benefit as a road to multilingualism and multiculturalism.

Bibliography
Baker, Philip, Eversley, John. (2000) Multilingual Capital, Battlebridge Publications, London.

722

�1st International Conference on Foreign Language Teaching and Applied Linguistics
May 5-7 2011 Sarajevo
Byram, Michael (1997) Teaching and Assessing Intercultural Communicative Competence. Clevedon: Multilingual
Matters.
Byram, Michael, (2004) Routledge Encyclopedia of Language Teaching and Learning, Routldge, London, New
York
European Commission, (1996) Teaching and Learning--Towards the Learning Society. White Paper on Education
and Training, Brussels.
European Commission, (2008) A Rewarding Challenge How the Multiplicity of Languages Could Strengthen
Europe, Bruxelles, http://ec.europa.eu/education/languages/pdf/doc1646_en.pdf, the site was accessed on
April 30, 2009
FilipoviĤ, J. ,VuĦo, J. and DjuriĤ, Lj. (2007) Critical Review of Language Education Policies in Compulsory Primary
and Secondary Education in Serbia. Current Issues in Language Planning, Vol. 8:2, str.: 222-242.
VuĦo Julijana (2006): U potrazi za sopstvenim modelom dvojeziĦne nastave , Inovacije u nastavi stranih jezika,
UĦiteljski fakultet, Beograd.
VuĦo, Julijana (2008) Srpski meħu stranim jezicima, Zbornik radova sa meħunarodnog nauĦnog skupa, Srpski jezik
u (kon)tekstu, Filium, Kragujevac, str.45 – 53.

Kramish, C. (1993) Context and culture in language teaching, Oxford: Oxford University Pres
Seidlhofer, Barbara, Key concepts in elt. English as a lingua franca, ELT Journal, Volume 59/4 October 2005;
doi:10.1093/elt/cci064, Oxford University Press.
Spolsky, Bernard (2009) Language Management, Cambridge University Press.
Spolsky, Bernard, Hult, Francis M. (2008) The Handbook of Educational Linguistics, Blackwell Handbooks in
Linguistics.
Tomalin, B. and Stempelski, S. (1993) Cultural awareness, Oxford: Oxford University press.

723

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="22204">
                <text>106</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="22205">
                <text>Bilingual education: the road to multilingualism</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="22206">
                <text>Vučo, Julijana
Zavišin, Katarina</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="22207">
                <text>Globalisation emphasizes the importance of foreign languages by influencing the  development of national strategies for learning languages, thus contributing to  conservation or harmonization of language ecological balance in the world.  The increasing attention given to language issues in Europe resulted from the intention to  overcome numerous problems related to language, communication, interaction and multilayered  international cooperation and understanding in the context of ethnic, religious and  cultural differences on global level, but also to promote the integration processes  enhanced by various forms of mobility. What also contributes to this is an overall  democratization of public life and raising awareness in different minority groups, as well  as parallel processes of globalization, localization and glocalization: comparison,  permeation, survival and adaptation of local environment to global context.  At the same time, there are concerns based on the prejudice that globalization trends  could endanger citizens' needs at individual and local level of identification with their  people, country, religion, cultural specificities and so on. In the area of foreign language  teaching policy there have been inappropriate reactions to the "danger" threatening the  dominant language and culture that are allegedly jeopardized by the presence of other  cultures and languages in a formal education system and environment.  Bilingual education (in Serbia since 2004) promotes multilingualism, with the belief that  it contributes to overcoming linguistic, cultural and communication barriers and develops  tolerance. This paper, as an appendix to the introduction of bilingual teaching, interprets  the results of research on the importance of learning foreign languages, cultural and  linguistic bias in students of bilingual and regular classes. The aim of the paper is to  identify similarities and differences in the attitudes of bilingual and regular students.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="22208">
                <text>2011-05</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="22209">
                <text>Conference or Workshop Item
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="32">
        <name>P Philology. Linguistics</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="9" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="20">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/483ef25d7056b867f5d42d6679a948dd.pdf</src>
        <authentication>ed05875e0cdf81f4aec8babf232016fc</authentication>
        <elementSetContainer>
          <elementSet elementSetId="4">
            <name>PDF Text</name>
            <description/>
            <elementContainer>
              <element elementId="52">
                <name>Text</name>
                <description/>
                <elementTextContainer>
                  <elementText elementTextId="134">
                    <text>Journal of Education and Humanities
Volume 1 (2), pp. 110-125, Winter 2018
Original research paper
ISSN 2566-4638
© International Burch University
http://dx.doi.org/10.14706/jeh2018122

Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic
landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo1, PhD
1 International

Burch University,

Sarajevo B&amp;H
amna.brdarevic.celjo@ibu.edu.ba

Sead Zolota2
2 Kuwait

Academy Bilingual School,
Riggae, Kuwait

sead.zolota@gmail.com

Abstract: This paper examined the linguistic landscape of the
Governorate of Farwaniya, the biggest governorate in the State of
Kuwait, by means of public and private signs displayed in the city
center and side streets. A corpus of 150 photos of diverse signs, both
official and non-official, was collected, categorized, analyzed and
discussed. The results point to an undeniable representation of the
Arabic language in both public and private spheres of life as well as
to a substantial presence of the English language on a wide range of
signage therefore confirming the imprint the process of globalization
has made on this EFL context. The findings also indicate that some
other world languages, namely Bengali, Hindi, and Chinese, are
represented in the linguistic landscape of Kuwait but rather poorly.

Keywords: linguistic
landscape, monolingual and
multilingual signs, official
and non-official signs,
ethnolinguistic vitality
Article History

Submitted: 15 January 2019
Accepted: 10 February 2019

�Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo &amp; Sead Zolota

1. INTRODUCTION
In the modern day and age, we are constantly surrounded by a maze of intricate
signage, whether it is a street sign, a shop sign, an advertisement, or a graffiti.
The most frequent manifestation of a sign takes the shape of a written message,
an image, or in most cases, a combination of both. Their display, content, location,
and context constitute the concept of linguistic landscape and they represent the
main investigatory data from which information about the linguistic and sociopolitical context of a country in question can be drawn. The field of linguistic
landscape focuses on studying representations of language in public spheres of
human life, which may include any visible signs, people`s perception of it, and
how they interact with it. With the process of globalization in full swing and the
ideologies of multilingualism and multiculturalism firmly rooted in different
countries around the world, this field has attracted the attention and intense
interest of researchers in different disciplines, such as sociolinguistics, sociology,
linguistic anthropology, politics, semiotics, and urban studies.
The term linguistic landscape has been contested and some other terms have
been proposed, namely “the decorum of the public life” (Ben-Rafael, Shohamy,
Amara &amp; Trumper-Hecht, 2006, p. 10), the “environmental print” (Huebner,
2006, p. 33-35) and a “multilingual cityscape” (Gorter, 2006, p. 2). In all the
aforementioned proposals, the notion of landscape has been avoided due to the
fact that the term landscape denotes a large area of the countryside or “a painting
depicting a scenery on land” (Gorter, 2006, p. 83) whereas the main focus of this
field is actually a public, urban area. In addition to this, the term linguistic has
also been found problematic since, as Jaworski and Thurlow (2010) maintain,
linguistic is only one of the elements for the construction and interpretation of a
place as the written discourse always “interacts with other discursive modalities:
visual images, nonverbal communication, architecture, and the built
environment” (Jaworski &amp; Thurlow, 2010, p. 2). Still, as the notion of linguistic
landscape has been widely accepted and frequently used by many researchers in
the field (e.g. Backhaus, 2005; Ben-Rafael et al., 2006; Huebner, 2009; Landry &amp;
Bourhis, 1997) it is employed as such in the current paper.
Linguistic landscape (LL) is described as “the language of public road
signs, advertising billboards, street names, place names, commercial shop signs,
and public signs on government buildings [that] combines to form the linguistic
landscape of a given territory, region, or urban agglomeration” (Landry &amp;
Bourhis, 1997, p. 25) or as a language on the objects in the public space (BenRafael et al., 2006). It determines and clarifies which languages are most
prominent and particularly valued in the public and private spheres and
“indexes the social positioning of people who identify with particular languages”
(Dagenais et al., 2009, p. 254). Shohamy and Gorter (2009, pp. 1-2) believe that the
prime focus of LL research is language in the immediate environment, namely
words as well as images displayed in public spaces and they associate the LL

�Journal of Education and Humanities
Volume 1, Issue 2, Winter 2018

with language that is visible and can be observed in schools, buses, government
buildings, cities, etc. Thus, analyzing the language displayed in the researched
context, the context itself, people identifying with that language as well as
messages conveyed is the core of LL research.
Researchers in the field of linguistic landscape gather data on language
displayed in public spaces by visiting different geographical sites which they
believe might contain interesting information on the (socio)linguistic or sociopolitical situation. Thus, some studies focused on the analysis of main streets or
shopping streets (Blackwood &amp; Tufi, 2015; Cenoz &amp; Gorter, 2003) or researched
the surrounding of a public transport route (Backhaus, 2007), while others
focused on advertising billboards (Tulp, 1978) or shopping malls (TrumperHecht, 2009). As mentioned earlier, the main investigatory data in this field are
signs from the environment performing different functions. The purpose and
location of signs play a vital role in their interpretation and we distinguish them
based on their function and the context in which they are displayed. According
to Chandler (2002, p. 4) signs “take the form of words, images, sounds, odors,
flavors, acts or objects, but such things have not intrinsic meaning and become
signs only when we invest them with meaning”. Chandler (2002) emphasized
that something represents a sign when it is interpreted as a signifier of something
“referring to or standing for something other than itself” (p. 4). Scollon and
Scollon (2003) state that there are three different ways a sign can have a meaning
in semiotic theory. Firstly, the sign can be a picture of something in the
environment and it is called an icon. Secondly, it can be a random representation
of a thing in the world and it is called a symbol and thirdly, a sign has a meaning
because of the place and time it is located in and it is called an index.
Signs have been classified in various ways. Heubner (2009) focused on the
purpose a sign has in the linguistics landscape and proposed that signs be
classified as informational, interactional, directive, expressive, and poetic, which
emphasizes the importance of the function of a sign. Likewise, Landry and
Bourhis (1997) also attached great importance to the function of a sign and the
function of the linguistic landscape of a territory in general and they stated that
the linguistic landscape of a territory can have two different functions, namely
informational and symbolic. Thus, the linguistic landscape serves to inform “ingroup and out-group members of the linguistic characteristics, territorial limits,
and language boundaries of the region they have entered” (Landry &amp; Bourhis,
1997, p. 25). However, Landry and Bourhis (1997) also point out the symbolic
function of a sign and state that signs can emotionally and ideologically impact
the members of the linguistic landscape in which these signs are displayed. Thus,
the absence of a language on public signs certainly affects the feelings of the
members of that language group in a setting featuring more than one language
(Bourhis, 1992).

112

�Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo &amp; Sead Zolota

Signs, such as traffic signs, may inform us or contain a warning notice we
should heed, whereas other signs may display names of government institutions
or product advertisements providing us with information which is in accordance
with our interest. Based on the type of the information signs provide, they can be
classified into private signs and government signs (Landry &amp; Bourhis, 1997; Leclerc,
1989). Private signs are non-official and they are commercial signs on shops and
other businesses, commercials on billboards, advertising signs in public transport
system and individual cars (Landry &amp; Bourhis, 1997). On the other hand,
government signs are road signs, street names, names of different governmental
institutions etc. Additionally, Ben-Rafael et al. (2010) rely on this classification
providing different names for public and government signs. Thus, they classify
signs as top-down and bottom-up, whereby top-down or official signs designate
government signs while bottom-up or non-official signs designate private signs.
In this division of signs, there exists an ambiguous area related to the
discrepancies in the design of official and non-official signs due to a substantial
difference between them. That particular area was scrutinized by Huebner (2009,
p. 74), who claimed that “the distinction between `top-down` versus `bottom-up`
failed to capture the notion of agency and how it impacted language forms in the
linguistic landscape”.
Official or government signs are frequently translated into some widely
spread world languages mainly for the purpose of ensuring that tourists and
foreigners who visit the country can read them and because of the language
policy in the country (Backhaus, 2006), though there are still some official signs
which are left untranslated. As for non-official or private signs, their translation
depends on the owners of the shops or any other businesses and most owners
decide to provide the translation because they want to attract as many tourists or
foreigners as possible. The representation of other languages on signs apart from
the native tongue is the basic criterion for distinguishing between monolingual
and multilingual signs, the distinction made by Backhaus (2006) and the
distinction which will be made in this paper.
Though a rather new research field, linguistic landscape has sparked an
interest of many researchers involved in decoding multilingualism on a global
scale. One of the pioneers of linguistic landscape research, Spolsky and Cooper
(1991), examined 100 signs in Jerusalem, proposing three classifications of signs.
The first classification relates to the function and the use of signs (street signs,
advertising signs, warning notices, building names, informative signs,
commemorative plaques, signs labelling objects and graffiti), the second one
takes into consideration the materials from which the sign is made or its physical
form (metal, tile, poster, wood, and stone), while the third classification takes into
account the language used in the sign and the number of languages, thus making
clear distinction between monolingual signs, bilingual signs, and multilingual
signs. The main focus of this study in the field of linguistic landscape was the
language choice on street signs in Jerusalem and the results revealed that public

�Journal of Education and Humanities
Volume 1, Issue 2, Winter 2018

signs make an important contribution to communication between people of
different ethnicities and that ethnic diversity is reflected on multilingual signs
and “recongized and respected” (Spolsky &amp; Cooper, 1991, p. 151) in the Old City
of Jerusalem. Some other studies in this field followed. Hence, researching
linguistic landscape of Montreal, Monnier (1991) presented interesting results
which suggest that French was an overwhelmingly dominant language on the
signs in department stores, whereas English was highly prevalent in hotels and
restaurants. Moreover, Scollon and Scollon (2003) investigated the presence of
English signs in the linguistic landscape of Beijing and they concluded that
English is not used for the convenience of foreigners, but simply to advertise their
taste and manners. In addition to these studies whose main investigatory data
were solely signs, there were also some studies which employed questionnaires
to gain people’s perceptions of the linguistic landscape of the area they inhabit
or visit. Thus, Bruyèl-Olmedo and Juan-Garau (2009) conducted research on
tourists’ expectations about the linguistic landscape in the resort of Arenal in
Majorca and they stated that they expected to be able to see English in every place
in public thus confirming a global trend of the omnipresence of English in the
public space of an area, a tourist area in particular.

A broad range of countries, cities, and environments have been analyzed
offering a number of distinctive perspectives on multilingualism in different
parts of the world. However, to our knowledge, no studies in the field of
linguistic landscape have been conducted in Kuwait. Hence, this paper might
make a modest contribution to the future of studies in this field. This paper
examines the linguistic landscape of Kuwait which involves the presence of
official and non-official signs and their dissemination throughout the
Governorate of Farwaniya located in Kuwait. Kuwait, officially known as State
of Kuwait, is a small country located in the Middle-East in the northern edge of
the Persian Gulf bordering Iraq and Saudi Arabia. It is a culturally diverse
country boasting numerous cultures and nationalities coming from Iran, Egypt,
India, Arica, and western countries as well. Due to its highly developed economy,
it has attracted many expatriates from around the globe. Consequently, more
than half the population consists of expatriates, which was confirmed by The
World Factbook (2015) stating that “Expatriates in Kuwait account for around 70%
of Kuwait's total population. 60% of Kuwait's total population are Arabs
(including Arab expats)”. The official language of Kuwait is Arabic. In addition
to Arabic, minority languages, such as Hindi, Bengali, Tagalog, Chinese and
Japanese, are also used as well as English which is most widespread due to its
role as a global lingua franca. The fact that the members of this linguistic
landscape speak different languages has contributed to the development of
multilingualism and the emergence of bilingual or multilingual signs.
In this paper, the representation of languages on signs in two urban areas,
the main market street abounding in both official and non-official signage,

114

�Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo &amp; Sead Zolota

namely the Governorate of Farwaniya and Riggae. Farwaniya was chosen on the
grounds of it being culturally and linguistically diverse. On the other hand,
Riggae is a sparsely populated area but was selected as a useful contrast to
Farwaniya. Taking into consideration all the shops selling perfumes, food,
jewelry, clothes, spices, and phones in the area of Farwaniya as well as some areas
neighboring the institution of Manpower and Government Restructuring
Program, the need for convenient signs was compelling, which granted us a
generous amount of signage to capture and analyze. Thus, this paper will explore
the presence of the native as well as minority languages on public and private
signage to see which language dominates this linguistically contested area. Due
to the importance and omnipresence of English in the world today, its
representation on the signs in the linguistic landscape of the two aforementioned
areas will be given particular attention.
Thus, the current paper aims to answer the following research questions:
RQ1: Which languages are most frequently represented on official and nonofficial signs in Kuwait and what is the role of English in the linguistic landscape
of Kuwait?
RQ2: What is the difference in the representativeness of two contestant
languages, namely Arabic and English, on official and non-official signs in the
linguistic landscape of Kuwait?
RQ3: What is the difference in the representativeness of two contestant
languages, namely Arabic and English, on signs displayed in city streets and in
side streets in the linguistic landscape of Kuwait?
2. METHODOLOGY
The research was conducted in the city of Farwaniya and in a smaller area in
Riggae. The city center is replete with small businesses and large enterprises,
local stores, supermarkets offering a wide variety of services and these were a
remarkable source for this study because of innumerable signs strewn in and
around the city center. Despite the overwhelming prevalence of non-official
signage, we managed to collect a sufficient number of samples of official signage.
For the research purposes, a smartphone camera was employed to capture the
signage in both areas as it was done in some previous studies as well (Huebner,
2006; Muth, 2008). Thus, 150 photos were taken containing a wide range of signs
including street, traffic, shop, warning signs and public places brimming with
advertisements. In order to create data as diverse as possible, we photographed
a range of different signs including street signs, advertisements, shop signs,
warning notices, graffiti, and shops and restaurants of Indian, Filipino, and even
Chinese cuisine in particular. The main street served as an ample source of

�Journal of Education and Humanities
Volume 1, Issue 2, Winter 2018

official signage consisting mainly of street names and traffic signs. Taking
pictures of the signs near government buildings was impossible due to a strict
prohibition of recording or photo taking imposed by the authorities.
Nevertheless, in addition to the main street, we decided to explore a few side
streets which proved to be abundant supply of non-official signage. The data
analysis was conducted by means of qualitative method, which allows for
convenient inspection and examination of signs and observation of the languages
used on signs but “since such observations are not based on a clearly defined
corpus, they cannot be quantified.” (Backhaus, 2005, p. 92-94)

3. RESULTS
Which languages are most frequently represented on official and non-official signs in
Kuwait?
For the purposes of this study, 150 photographs of signs were collected, 42 official
and 108 non-official signs. Although the number of two types of signs is
disparate, it will not negatively affect the research results. Moreover, there were
11 official monolingual signs and 31 official bilingual signs, whereas there were
as many as 52 non-official monolingual signs, 54 non-official bilingual signs, and
2 trilingual signs (Table 1).
Table 1. Official and non-official signs
Official signs
Non-official signs
Total

Total
42
108
150

Monolingual
11
52
63

Bilingual
31
54
85

Multilingual
0
2
2

The native language of Kuwait, namely the Arabic language, is most commonly
represented on various official and non-official signs displayed either in city or
side streets (n = 128), which makes 85.33% of the overall number of signs. The
language that seems to be contesting Arabic in this linguistic landscape is English
as it is present on 108 signs (n = 108) or in 72% of instances. The number of signs
in which only Arabic is employed is rather low (n = 42), which makes it only 28%
of the overall number of signs, whereas there are 21 signs on which only English
is displayed (14%). In addition to two competing languages on signs in the
linguistic landscape of Kuwait, there are some other languages, such as Hindi,
Bengali and Chinese, which are underrepresented since each language was
presented on one sign only (Table 2).

116

�Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo &amp; Sead Zolota

Table 2. Languages displayed on the signs
Language
Arabic

Number of
Instances
(out of 150)
128

English

108

Hindi

1

Bengali

1

Chinese

1

The majority of sings is in Standard Arabic, since apart from natives many
expatriates coming from other Arabic countries such as Egypt, Tunisia, Syria,
Jordan, and Lebanon live in Kuwait. Since the varieties of Arabic spoken and
used in those countries are rather different and sometimes mutually
unintelligible, the use of Standard Arabic on signs is needed for their proper
interpretation by both natives and expatriates. However, since a large number of
people from some western countries and people from Pakistan, China, India and
the Philippines etc. live in this area, such a high representation of English on signs
is rather expected as it is a means of overcoming language barriers and it plays
the role of a Kuwait’s lingua franca. Thus, with English being the most represented
foreign language on signs in the linguistic landscape of Kuwait, its immense
international prestige has been confirmed once again. Therefore, the results of
the current study are fully in line with some previous research which also
emphasized the leading role of English (among other foreign languages) in the
linguistic landscapes around the globe (Cenoz &amp; Gorter, 2006; Edelman, 2006;
Lamarre, 2014 etc.). A low representation of other minority languages is not
unexpected due to a small number of people using those languages living in this
area. However, two of the three signs representing these minority languages are
multilingual and they contain information in Arabic and English apart from
either Chinese (Figure 1) or Bengali (Figure 2). One remaining sign is bilingual
with the restaurant’s menu in Hindi and only the name of the restaurant in
English (Figure 3). It seems plausible that these languages represent the language
choice of the owners because they aim people from those specific cultures apart
from others as signs very often serve either an expressive or a poetic function
(Huebner, 2009).

�Journal of Education and Humanities
Volume 1, Issue 2, Winter 2018

Figure 1. Example of Chinese Language Representation

Figure 2. Example of Bengali Language Representation

Figure 3. Example of Hindu Language Representation

118

�Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo &amp; Sead Zolota

What is the difference in the representativeness of two contestant languages, namely
Arabic and English, on official and non-official signs in the linguistic landscape of
Kuwait?
Most official signs are bilingual (n = 31) in English and Arabic, and they represent
73.81% of the overall number of official signs (n = 42) (Figure 4). Out of those 31
bilingual official signs, the Arabic language is represented first and displayed
above the English translation on 29 signs (93.55%) (Figure 4), whereas these two
languages are placed next to each other, English on the left side and Arabic on
the right side, on 2 signs only (6.45%) (Figure 5). However, there are no official
bilingual signs on which English is represented first. 11 official signs (26.19%) are
monolingual, and out of those 4 official signs represent only English, whereas 7
signs display information only in Arabic.

Figure 4. A bilingual official sign

As for non-official signs (n = 108), there are 105 signs which contain only
English and/or Arabic and we will elaborate on these further. Namely, out of
these 105 non-official signs, 52 signs are monolingual (49.52%), with 35 signs
representing only Arabic and 17 signs displaying only the English language. 53
signs (50.48%) are bilingual containing information both in Arabic and English.
On 25 bilingual non-official signs information in the Arabic language is
represented first, on 11 signs the information in English comes first, whereas on
the remaining 17 signs English and Arabic seem to be equally represented as the
information in English is displayed on the left side and the information in Arabic
on the right side of the sign (Figure 5).

Figure 5. A bilingual non-official sign

�Journal of Education and Humanities
Volume 1, Issue 2, Winter 2018

These results are rather interesting, as they show that official signs are
more frequently bilingual (73.81%) than non-official signs (50%), which points to
the consciousness of the governmental institutions of the presence of foreigners
in the country and their need to understand the displayed signs. The fact that
Arabic is not present on only 4 official signs out of 42 (9.52%) and on only 17 out
of 108 non-official signs (15.74%) points to a rather high awareness of nativism.
Moreover, it is rather interesting that on bilingual official signs Arabic is
displayed first in 93.55% instances which contrasts with the bilingual non-official
signs on which Arabic is presented first in 47.17% instances. Such a
predominance of Arabic on bilingual official signs can be ascribed to the
country’s policies related to the language choice on public governmental signage.
On the other hand, on 28 out of 53 bilingual non-official signs (52.83%), English
has either an equal representation as Arabic or it is more prominent as it is
presented first. Such findings point to the fact that English is directly competing
with Arabic on non-official signs. Still, the high representativeness of Arabic and
the place given to it on both official and non-official signs seem to suggest that
nativism is still valued in Kuwait and that that country still has high
ethnolinguistic vitality (EV) if Landry and Bourhis’s (1997) explanations of EV
are taken into consideration.
Official signs constitute a vital aspect in an ever-growing expatriate
community of the State of Kuwait. One of the critical requirements for a
functional community of expatriates is a proper and complete translation of
public government signs which convey crucial information regarding street
names, warning notices, or names of government buildings. Table 3 examines the
translation of English on public signage and strives to see whether the
information in Arabic is fully or partially translated into English. All 31 bilingual
official signs have been translated from Arabic into English in their entirety.
Conversely, the results are somewhat different concerning the translation of
bilingual non-official signs into English. Thus, out of 53 bilingual non-official
signs, 36 signs have been fully translated, and 17 signs have received a partial
translation.
Table 3. Translation on bilingual official and non-official signs
Type of translation
Official signs
Non-official signs

Full translation
31
36

Partial translation
0
17

What is the difference in the representativeness of two contestant languages, namely
Arabic and English, on signs displayed in city streets and in side streets in the linguistic
landscape of Kuwait?

120

�Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo &amp; Sead Zolota

The research sample was further subdivided into two additional categories,
namely the signs found in the city center along the main street and the signs
located in side streets outside the city center. Following this division, 106 photos
(70.67%) of signs were taken in the city center, whereas 44 photos (29.33%) of
signs were taken in side streets. Out of 106 signs displayed in the city center, 36
signs are monolingual (33.96%), 69 bilingual (65.09%) and 1 sign is trilingual
(.94%). On the other hand, out of the 44 signs on display in side streets, 27 signs
were monolingual (61.36%), 16 signs were bilingual (36.36%) and 1 sign was
trilingual (2.27%) (Table 4).
Table 5. Signage in the city center and in side streets
Total
106

Monolingual
36

Bilingual
69

Trilingual
1

Signs displayed in side streets

44

27

16

1

Total

150

63

85

3

Signs displayed in the city
center

The results also point to an almost equal presence of English (n = 87;
82.07%) and Arabic (n = 88; 83.02%) on the public signage in the city center and
to a much greater prominence of Arabic (n = 40; 90.9%) than English (n = 21;
47.73%) in side streets (Table 5), which is an indication of a great presence of the
Arab communities in those areas.
Table 5. The representation of English and Arabic on the signage in the city center
and side streets
Language
English
Arabic

City Center
87
88

Side Streets
21
40

Out of 68 bilingual signs displaying English and Arabic in the city center,
it is rather peculiar to notice that on 42 signs Arabic is displayed first, on 16 signs
both languages are represented equally and there are even 10 non-official signs
in the city center which are only represented in the English language. Moreover,
out of 16 bilingual signs displayed in side streets, 12 signs present information in
the Arabic language first, 1 sign presents information in English first and on 3
signs both English and Arabic are given equal credit. It is rather interesting to
notice that monolingual signs are more frequently displayed in side streets than
in the city center as they represent 33.96% of all the signs displayed in the city
center and 61.36% of all the signs displayed in side streets. Out of 36 monolingual

�Journal of Education and Humanities
Volume 1, Issue 2, Winter 2018

signs displayed in the city center, 17 signs are English and 19 Arabic. The
discrepancy between monolingual English and Arabic signs is much more
conspicuous in side streets, where out of 27 signs there were only 4 monolingual
English signs and 23 monolingual Arabic signs.
Table 6. Monolingual Signs in English and Arabic
Area of Inquiry
English
Arabic

Monolingual Signs
City Center
17
19

Side Streets
4
23

Such findings show that monolingual English signs are not highly valued and
present in side streets (only in 14.81% cases), where the majority of signs were
monolingual Arabic signs. On the other hand, in the city center monolingual
English and Arabic signs were almost equally represented, which also indicates
that English and Arabic in this sociolinguistic context are two contestant
languages. Due to the fact that side streets are not frequently visited by
foreigners, Arabic seems to be a predominant language in such places, whereas
in the city center, which is visited by many foreigners, both English and Arabic
are displayed almost to an equal extent. This shows that in the linguistic
landscape of Kuwait English is not competing with other foreign languages but
its contestant language is the country’s native language, which proves that
immense importance is attached to English in this rather peculiar sociolinguistic
context.
4. CONCLUSION
This study aimed to analyze the linguistic landscape of the Governorate of
Farwaniya, the biggest governorate in Kuwait. Within the corpus of 150
photographs taken in the city center along the main street and side streets, the
overall presence and language structure of official or public signs and nonofficial or private signs was explored. The results indicated that English is the
most dominant foreign language and that no other foreign language is so highly
represented in this socio-cultural context with Bengali, Hindi and Chinese each
occurring only once in the corpus. Thus, English is the only foreign language
competing with the native tongue, namely Arabic in this linguistic landscape.
The findings further pointed to a difference between official and non-official
signs, as well as between the signs displayed in the city center and those
displayed in side streets in terms of the property of monolingualism and
bilingualism and the positioning of the languages represented. Thus, it was
noticed that on bilingual official governmental signs Arabic is either represented

122

�Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo &amp; Sead Zolota

first or Arabic and English are on an equal footing while there were no signs on
which English was positioned first. However, this was not the case with nonofficial signs. Moreover, the findings also pointed to a much lower presence of
English monolingual signs in side streets (n = 4) than in the city center (n = 17).
Compared to the number of 23 Arabic monolingual signs in side street, it
strengthens the belief that nativism is still nourished in this country in particular
outside a strictly public domain. The results of the current study are rather
important as they provide a clearer insight into the linguistic landscape of yet
another country where English has a prominent international role.

REFERENCES
Backhaus, P. (2005). Signs of multilingualism in Tokyo – a linguistic landscape
approach. Unpublished doctoral thesis. Duisberg-Essen: University of DuisbergEssen.
Backhaus, P. (2006). Multilingualism in Tokyo: A Look into the Linguistic
Landscape
International
Journal
of
Multilingualism,
3(1),
52-66
doi:10.1080/14790710608668385
Backhaus, P. (2007) Linguistic Landscapes: A Comparative Study of Urban
Multilingualism in Tokyo. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Ben-Rafael, E., Shohamy, E., Amara, M. H., &amp; Trumper-Hecht, N. (2006).
Linguistic Landscape as Symbolic Construction of the Public Space: The Case of
Israel. International Journal of Multilingualism, 3(1), 7-30. doi:
10.1080/14790710608668383
Ben-Rafael, E., Shohamy, E. &amp; Barni, M. 2010. Introduction: an approach to an
‘ordered disorder’. In E. Shohamy, E. Ben-Rafael &amp; M. Barni (eds). Linguistic
Landscape in the City. Bristol: Multilingual Matters, xi-xxviii.
Blackwood, R. and Tufi, S. (2015) The Linguistic Landscape of the Mediterranean:
French and Italian Coastal Cities. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
Bourhis, R. Y. (1992). La lague d'affichage publique et commerciale au Qudbec:
Plan de recherche pour l'elaboration dcune loi linguistique. Quebec: Conseil de
la langue frangaise.
Bruyèl-Olmedo, A. and Juan-Garau, M. (2009) English as a lingua franca in the
linguistic landscape of the multilingual resort of S’Arenal in Mallorca.
International Journal of Multilingualism 6(4), 386–411.

�Journal of Education and Humanities
Volume 1, Issue 2, Winter 2018

Cenoz, J. and Gorter, D. (2003) The linguistic landscape of Erregezainen / Escolta
Real. Paper
presented at the Third Conference on Third Language Acquisition and
Trilingualism, September 2003, Tralee, Ireland.
Cenoz, J. and Gorter, D. (2006) Linguistic landscape and minority languages. In
D. Gorter (ed) Linguistic landscape: A new approach to multilingualism (pp. 6780). Clevedon:
Multilingual Matters.Chandler, D. (2002). Semiotics: the Basics. New York:
Routledge.
Dagenais, D., Moore, D., Sabatier, C., Lamarre, P., &amp; Armand, F. (2009). Linguistic
landscape and language awareness. In E. Shohamy &amp; D. Gorter (Eds.), Linguistic
landscape: Expanding the scenery (pp. 253–269). New York: Routledge.
Gorter, D. (2006) Further possibilities for linguistic landscape research. In D.
Gorter (ed) Linguistic Landscape: A New Approach to Multilingualism (pp. 81–
89).
Huebner, T. (2006). Bangkok’s linguistic landscapes: environmental print,
codemixing and language change. In D. Gorter (ed.). Linguistic Landscape: A
New Approach to Multilingualism. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 31-51.
Huebner, T. (2009). A framework for the linguistic analysis of linguistic
landscapes. In E. Shohamy, &amp; D. Gorter (Eds.), Linguistic landscape: Expanding
the scenery (pp. 88-104). New York: Routledge.
Jaworski, A. &amp; Thurlow, C. (eds). 2010. Semiotic Landscapes: Language, Image,
Space. London/New York: Continuum.
"Kuwait". The World Factbook. Central Intelligence Agency. 10 April 2015.
Archived from the original on 2 July 2014.
Lamarre, P. (2014). Bilingual winks and bilingual wordplay in Montreal’s
linguistic landscape. International Journal of the Sociology of Language(228),
131-151. doi:10.1515/ijsl-2014-0008
Landry, R., &amp; Bourhis, R. Y. (1997). Linguistic Landscaping and Ethnolinguistic
Vitality: Empirical Research. Journal of Languages and Social Psychology, Vol.
16 No. 1 , 23-49.
Leclerc, J. (1989). La guerre des langues dans l'affichage. Montreal: VLB Editeur.
Monnier, D. (1989). Langue d’accueil et langue de service dans les commercesa
Montréal

124

�Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach
Amna Brdarević Čeljo &amp; Sead Zolota

[Welcoming language and language of service at merchant locations in
Montreal]. Québec, Canada: Conseil de la langue française.
Muth, S. (2008). Multiethnic but multilingual as well? The Linguistic Landscapes
of Vilnius
Scollon, R., &amp; Scollon, S. W. (2003). Discourses in Place: Language in the Material
World. London: Routledge.
Shohamy, E. and Gorter, D. (2009) Introduction. In E. Shohamy and D. Gorter
(eds) Linguistic Landscape: Expanding the Scenery (pp. 1–10). New York:
Routledge
Spolsky, B. &amp; Cooper, R.L. (1991). The Languages of Jerusalem. Oxford:
Clarendon Press.
Trumper-Hecht, N. (2009) Constructing national identity in mixed cities in Israel:
Arabic on signs in the public space of upper Nazareth. In E. Shohamy and D.
Gorter (eds) Linguistic Landscape: Expanding the Scenery (pp. 238–252).
London: Routledge
Tulp, S. M. (1978) Reklame en tweetaligheid: Een onderzoek naar de
geographische verspreiding van franstalige en nederlandstalige affiches in
Brussel. [Commercials and bilingualism: A study into the geographic
distribution of French and Dutch advertisements in Brussels]. Taal en Sociale
Integratie 1, 261-288.

�</text>
                  </elementText>
                </elementTextContainer>
              </element>
            </elementContainer>
          </elementSet>
        </elementSetContainer>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <collection collectionId="2">
      <elementSetContainer>
        <elementSet elementSetId="1">
          <name>Dublin Core</name>
          <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
          <elementContainer>
            <element elementId="50">
              <name>Title</name>
              <description>A name given to the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="8">
                  <text>Journal of Education and Humanities </text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
            <element elementId="49">
              <name>Subject</name>
              <description>The topic of the resource</description>
              <elementTextContainer>
                <elementText elementTextId="9">
                  <text>Education and Humanities</text>
                </elementText>
              </elementTextContainer>
            </element>
          </elementContainer>
        </elementSet>
      </elementSetContainer>
    </collection>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="78">
                <text>Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="41">
            <name>Description</name>
            <description>An account of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="79">
                <text>Abstract: This paper examined the linguistic landscape of the Governorate of Farwaniya, the biggest governorate in the State of Kuwait, by means of public and private signs displayed in the city center and side streets. A corpus of 150 photos of diverse signs, both official and non-official, was collected, categorized, analyzed and discussed. The results point to an undeniable representation of the Arabic language in both public and private spheres of life as well as to a substantial presence of the English language on a wide range of signage therefore confirming the imprint the process of globalization has made on this EFL context. The findings also indicate that some other world languages, namely Bengali, Hindi, and Chinese, are represented in the linguistic landscape of Kuwait but rather poorly.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="39">
            <name>Creator</name>
            <description>An entity primarily responsible for making the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="80">
                <text>Amna Brdarević Čeljo</text>
              </elementText>
              <elementText elementTextId="81">
                <text>Sead Zolota</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="48">
            <name>Source</name>
            <description>A related resource from which the described resource is derived</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="82">
                <text>Journal of Education and Humanities&#13;
Volume 1 (2)</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="83">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="84">
                <text>Winter 2018</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="85">
                <text>ISSN 2566-4638&#13;
DOI 10.14706/JEH2018122</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="51">
            <name>Type</name>
            <description>The nature or genre of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="124">
                <text>Keywords: linguistic landscape, monolingual and multilingual signs, official and non-official signs, ethnolinguistic vitality</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
  </item>
  <item itemId="118" public="1" featured="0">
    <fileContainer>
      <file fileId="120">
        <src>https://omeka.ibu.edu.ba/files/original/8dbf9cfbf5dc993d0e0ac30a004712d4.docx</src>
        <authentication>13b3ea68948d9cd98a2f21c3998205db</authentication>
      </file>
    </fileContainer>
    <elementSetContainer>
      <elementSet elementSetId="1">
        <name>Dublin Core</name>
        <description>The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/.</description>
        <elementContainer>
          <element elementId="79">
            <name>Extent</name>
            <description>The size or duration of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="905">
                <text>3779</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="50">
            <name>Title</name>
            <description>A name given to the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="906">
                <text>Bilingualism in Kuwait – a linguistic landscape approach</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="96">
            <name>Author</name>
            <description>Author</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="907">
                <text>Brdarević Čeljo, Amna
Zolota, Sead</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="94">
            <name>Abstract</name>
            <description>A summary of the resource.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="908">
                <text>Abstract: This paper examined the linguistic landscape of the Governorate of Farwaniya, the biggest governorate in the State of Kuwait, by means of public and private signs displayed in the city center and side streets. A corpus of 150 photos of diverse signs, both official and non-official, was collected, categorized, analyzed and discussed. The results point to an undeniable representation of the Arabic language in both public and private spheres of life as well as to a substantial presence of the English language on a wide range of signage therefore confirming the imprint the process of globalization has made on this EFL context. The findings also indicate that some other world languages, namely Bengali, Hindi, and Chinese, are represented in the linguistic landscape of Kuwait but rather poorly.</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="45">
            <name>Publisher</name>
            <description>An entity responsible for making the resource available</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="909">
                <text>International Burch University</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="40">
            <name>Date</name>
            <description>A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="910">
                <text>2018</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="97">
            <name>Keywords</name>
            <description>Keywords.</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="911">
                <text>Article
PeerReviewed</text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
          <element elementId="43">
            <name>Identifier</name>
            <description>An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context</description>
            <elementTextContainer>
              <elementText elementTextId="912">
                <text>ISSN 2566-4638    (In Press)  </text>
              </elementText>
            </elementTextContainer>
          </element>
        </elementContainer>
      </elementSet>
    </elementSetContainer>
    <tagContainer>
      <tag tagId="4">
        <name>P Philology. Linguistics,PA Classical philology</name>
      </tag>
    </tagContainer>
  </item>
</itemContainer>
